Skip to main content

Full text of "The Ethics of Hegel: Translated Selections from His "Rechtsphilosophie,""

See other formats


Google 



This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project 

to make the world's books discoverable online. 

It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject 

to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books 

are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover. 

Marks, notations and other maiginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the 

publisher to a library and finally to you. 

Usage guidelines 

Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the 
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing tliis resource, we liave taken steps to 
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying. 
We also ask that you: 

+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for 
personal, non-commercial purposes. 

+ Refrain fivm automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine 
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the 
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help. 

+ Maintain attributionTht GoogXt "watermark" you see on each file is essential for in forming people about this project and helping them find 
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it. 

+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just 
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other 
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of 
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner 
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liabili^ can be quite severe. 

About Google Book Search 

Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers 
discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web 

at |http: //books .google .com/I 



Aarlucli Silimft; ftcliul 




ANDOVER-HARVARD THEOLOGICAL 
LIBRARY 



GIFT OF 
J.H. STERRETT 



THE 

ETHICS OF HEGEL 



Translated Selections from his 
" Rechtsphilosophie " 



WITH AN INTRODUCTION 



BY 

J. MACBRIDE STE^RETT, D.D. 



I 



PROFESSOR OF PHILOSOPHY IN THE COLUMBIAN UNIVERSITY, WASHINGTON, D.C. 
AUTHOR OF *' STUDIES IN HBGBL's PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION," ETC. 



BOSTON, U.S.A. 
GINN & COMPANY, PUBLISHERS 

1893 



NOV 3 'M 

]S-:3 



TO 

MY WIFE 



EDITOR'S PROSPECTUS. 



The Ethical Series, of which this book on Hegel's Ethics, 
by Professor Sterrett, is the second number, will consist of a 
number of small volumes, each of which will be devoted to 
the presentation of a leading system in the History of 
Modem Ethics, in selections or extracts from the original 
works. These selections will be accompanied by explana- 
tory and critical notes. They will also be introduced by a 
bibliography, a brief biographical sketch of the author of 
the system, a statement of the relation of the system to 
preceding ethical thought, and a brief explanation of the 
main features of the system and its influence on subsequent 
ethical thought. The volumes will be prepared by experi- 
enced teachers in the department of Ethics and with special 
reference to undergraduate instruction and study in colleges. 

The series at present will include six volumes as follows : 

HoBBES, Professor G. M. Duncan, Yale University ; 

Clarke, President F. L. Patton, Princeton University ; 

Locke, the Editor of the Series ; 

Hume, Dr. J. H. Hyslop, Columbia College ; 

ELant, Professor John Watson, Queen's University, Canada. 

Hegel, Professor J. Macbride Sterrett, Columbian University. 

The increasing interest in the study of Ethics and the 
consequent enlargement of the courses in college curricula, 
suggest to every teacher the need of better methods of 
teaching the subject than those which have quite generally 



EDITOR'S PROSPECTUS, 

prevailed in the past. Instruction in the History of Ethics, 
like instruction in the History of Philosophy, has largely 
been based on text-books or lectures giving expositions of, 
and information about, the various systems. Such methods, 
although serviceable, are not as stimulating and helpful as 
those which put the student in direct contact with the 
text of the author, enabling him to study the system 
itself rather than to study about the system. Undoubtedly 
the best plan would be to have the student read the entire 
work of the author, but all teachers will probably concede 
the impracticability of this in undergraduate work, if a num- 
ber of systems is to be studied, which is usually desirable. 
Only inferior, in my judgment, to the best, but impracticable 
plan, is the plan of the "Ethical Series," — to study selec- 
tions or extracts from the original works, embodying the 
substance of the system. The " Series " makes provision 
for such work in a convenient and comparatively inexpen- 
sive manner. That the plan of instruction on which the 
" Series " is based is in the interest of better scholarship, 
I am assured by my own experience, and by that of many 
other teachers in the leading colleges of the country, with 
whom I have communicated. It is with the earnest hope of 
facilitating instruction and study in the History of Ethics 
that this series is issued. 

E. HERSHEY SNEATH. 
Yale University. 



PREFACE. 



The great revival of interest and work in the department 
of Ethics during the present quarter of a century has had 
its chief inspiration and source in the idealistic philosophy 
of Germany. Of this philosophy Hegel was the culmination 
and crown. Hence it is not necessary to-day to apologize 
for "intruding on the public with a work on Hegel," as 
Dr. Stirling did in 1865. Apart from the empirical evolu- 
tionary school, nearly all the prominent writers on Ethics 
in England have been following quite the spirit and sub- 
stance of Hegel. 

These " Selections " have been made from his Philosophie 
des Rechts embracing one-half of its contents, supplemented 
with some extracts from his Phdnomenologie des Geistes, 
Philosophie des Geistes and his Philosophy of History (trans- 
lation). The portions of the Rechts Philosophie omitted 
have chiefly reference to the special organization of the state 
and are of less obvious ethical import. 

The task of translating has been a perplexing one. And 
the task of mastering his thought in translation may be 
expected to require at least the arduous effort of thought 
that it requires in the original, even of German scholars. 
The difficulties of Hegel, and the impossibility of making 
any adequate and intelligible translation are too well known 
to need more than passing mention. I have avoided making 
a free rendering or paraphrase, though this is much more 
easy and agreeable for both translator and student. I have 
learned that one invariably regrets having adopted this 
easier method, because it invariably deforms and dwarfs 



viii PREFACE, 

HegePs meaning. I have attempted an exact translation, 
making it as literal as possible with fairly idiomatic English 
— too literal for intelligibility, unless accompanied with 
careful study. Hegel's language is severely scientific and 
technical, largely the adaptation of ordinary German to 
extraordinary significations, to which Worterbucker afford 
no clue. Common language expresses common thought, 
but is necessarily inadequate, without great stretching, to 
philosophic thought or to the scientific expression of it. 
HegePs work is not merely historical or descriptive of 
ethical phenomena, but a purely scientific theory of the 
thought or concept (^Begriff) underlying and animating all 
forms of morals and manners. 

I have given a vocabulary of his chief technical terms 
which it will be well for the student to master at the outset. 
The Introduction has been made sufficiently popular for all 
persons interested in ethical thought — too popular for real 
students of Hegel. 

I am indebted for valuable assistance in the way of 
making out some of the most difficult constructions in the 
German text of Fart First of the "Selections" and also 
for aid in looking over the proof-sheets to my colleague. 
Professor Hermann Schonfeld, Ph.D. I am also indebted 
to Mr. P. M. Magnusson, Ph.D., for valuable help in my 
work of translating most of the " Selections " in Fart Third, 

J. MACBRIDE STERRETT. 
Columbian University, 

Washington, D.C, July, 1893. 



TABLE OF CONTENTS. 



PAGE 

Bibliography xi, xii 

Introduction i 

1. Biographical Sketch i 

2. Relation of Hegel's Ethics to previous Ethical 

Thought 8 

3. Exposition of Hegel's Ethics 22 

4. Key-Words 57 

5. Abstract of Hegel's Introduction .... 63 

TRANSLATED SELECTIONS. 
FIRST PART. 

ABSTRACT RIGHT. 

Abstract Will and Personality 71 

1. Property 76 

(a) Possession 82 

{b) Use or Consumption 84 

(c) Relinquishment of Property .... 87 

2. Contract 89 

3. Wrong 91 

{a) Unintentional Wrong 92 

{b) Fraud 94 

{c) Violence and Crime 94 

Punishment 98 

SECOND PART. 

AfORALITY. 

The Moral Standpoint 103 

1. Purpose and Culpability 108 

2. Intention and Welfare no 

3. The Good and Conscience ir6 



X TABLE OF CONTENTS, 

THIRD PART. 

ETHICALITY (JSITTLICHKEIT). 

PAGE 

Concrete Character of Ethicality 135 

1. The Family 148 

(a) Wedlock 149 

(^) Family Possessions . . ... . .154 

{c) Education of Children and the Dissolution 

OF THE Family i^^ 

2. The Civic Community 159 

{a) The System of Wants 163 

Satisfaction of Wants . . . .163 

The Nature of Labor 166 

Wealth 168 

Classes of the Civic Community . . 169 

(b) The Administration of Justice . . .174 

Law as a form of Right .... 175 
Essential Characteristic of Law . .178 

Courts of Justice 181 

Trial by Jury 185 

{c) Police and Municipal Corporation . . 187 

3. The State 189 

The State Distinguished from the Civic 

Community 190 

(a) Internal Polity 193 

Patriotism 200 

The State and Religion .... 203 

{b) Monarchy and International Policy . . 206 

(c) Universal History 207 

The Course of Freedom . . . .212 



BIBLIOGRAPHY. 



Works of Hegel relating to Ethics. 

1. Grundlinien der Philosophie des Rechts, 1833. Herausg. 
von E. Gans, Hegel's IVerke, Band VHI. 

2. Phdnomenologie des Geistes, Band II. 

3. Philosophie des Geistes. Band VH. 

4. The same. Translated into French by A. Vdra : — Philo- 
sophie de V Esprit de HigeL Par A. Vdra. 

5. Philosophie der Geschichte, Band IX. 

6. the same. Translated by J. Sibree. (Bohn's Library.) 

7. Rechts-^ Pflichten- und Religions-Lehre, Band XVIII. 

8. The same. Translated into English with notes by Dr. 
William T. Harris. Jour. Spec. Phil, Vol. IV. 

9. The same. Translated with Supplementary Essays by B. C. 
Burt, 1892. 

10. HegeVs Philosophy of the State and of History, An 
Exposition, by Professor George S. Morris, in Griggs's Philo- 
sophical Classics, 1887. 

Ethical and other Treatises in the Spirit of Hegel. 

1. Die menschliche Freiheit. Von Wilhelm Vatke, 1841. 

2. System der philosophischen MoraL Von Dr. Karl L. 
Michelet, 1828. 

3. Die sittliche Weltordnung, Von Moritz Carriere. 

4. System der Rechtsphilosophie, Von Adolph Lasson, 1882. 

The Nation, By Elisha Mulford, 1875. 
The Republic of God, By the same, 1882. 
The Philosophy of Education, Translated from the German 
of J. K. F. Rosenkranz. 

Prolegomena to Ethics, By Thomas Hill Green, 1884. 



Xll BIBLIOGRAPHY, 

Outlines of a Critical Theory of Ethics, By Professor 
Dewey, 1890. 

Ethical Studies, By F. H. Bradley, 1876. 

Constructive Ethics, By W. L. Courtney, 1 886. 

Ethics of Naturalism. By W. R. Sorley, 1885. 

Introduction to Social Philosophy, By J. S. Mackenzie, ] 

A Manual of Ethics. By the same, 1893. 

Moral Order and Progress, By S. Alexander, 1891. 

The Elements of Ethics. By J. H. Muirhead, 1892. 

Darwin and Hegel. A pamphlet. By D. G. Ritchie. 

Darwinism and Politics, By the same. 

Essays in Philosophical Criticism. Edited by Andrew 
and R. H. Haldane, 1883. 

The Secret of Hegel. By Dr. J. Hutchison Stirling, 1865. 

Lectures on the Philosophy of Law. By J. Hutchison Sti] 
in Vols. VI. and VII. of Jour, of Spec. Phil. 



BIOGRAPHICAL. 



Leben HegeVs, Von Karl Rosenkranz. Hegel's Werke 
plement). Band XIX. 

Apologie HegePs gegen Dr. Haym. Von K. Rosenkranz, 

Hegel als deutscher Nationalphilosoph. By the same, 18; 

Hegel und seine Zeit, Von R. Haym, 1857. 

Hegel, By Professor Edward Caird, 1883. 

The Spirit of Modern Philosophy. By Professor J 
Royce, 1892. 



INTRODUCTION. 



I. 

Biographical Sketch, 

The Philosophy of Hegel is much less personal than 
most systems, especially in contrast with that of Fichte. 
His head rather then his heart is what appears through- 
out both his life and his writings. While this gives his 
biography less interest, it gives his writings much more 
scientific form. 

In speaking of Philosophy, as showing us "a succession 
of noble minds, a gallery of heroes of thought," Hegel him- 
self has remarked : 

"The events and actions of this history are, therefore, 
such that personality and individuality of character do not 
enter to any large degree into its content and matter. 
In this respect, the history of Philosophy contrasts with 
political history, in which the individual, according to the 
peculiarity of his disposition, talents, affections, the strength 
or weakness of his character, and in general, according to 
that through which he is this individual, is the subject of 
actions and events. In Philosophy, the less deserts and 
merits are accorded to the particular individual, the better 
is the history." ^ 

It is, therefore, more pertinent for us to ask. What is 
Hegell instead of asking. Who was Hegel? In fact, this 
is the way we ordinarily think of Hegel, as the living sys- 
tem of thought which he wrought out. The true history of 
a philosopher is the history of his thought and its genesis. 

1 Hegel's History of Philosophy, translated by E. S. Haldane, 1892. 
Vol. I. p. I. 



2 ^ BIOGRAPHICAL SKETCH. 

HegeFs external biography is even more uneventful than 
that of most men of thought — the Alexanders and Caesars 
of the intellectual world. The mere subjective private 
characteristics, opinions and prejudices of the man need 
concern us but little in comparison with the universal ele- 
ment of thought, which was the real heart of the man. The 
personal character of Hegel is not very interesting: yet it 
was not unworthy of the philosopher as a man, and upon 
the whole it may be said that it needs no apology. The 
two points in which he has been most criticised relate to his 
treatment of Schelling and his so-called subserviency to the 
Prussian government. In neither of these respects is the 
reproach thoroughly justifiable. 

His life was devoid of romance, being rather that of a 
prosaic, common-sense man of the intellectual world. Still, 
as compared with that of Kant, ein alles Zermalmender^ the 
life of Hegel, ein alles Umfassender, was much more that of 
a citizen of the world. His acquaintance with the great 
literary and political men and movements of his time was 
intimate and profound. If he was not a patriot of Fichte's 
type, he was not without great interest and influence in 
politics. 

We give a brief summary of the events of his outward 
life.i 

1 The limits of space preclude anything more than a brief biograph- 
ical sketch of HegePs life. One wrgoes with regret the task of pre- 
senting the fuller biography, with temperate estimate of it as a genuine, 
human, scholarly life of the modern Aristotle. Rosenkranz's HegeVs 
Leben an.d Hegel als deutscher Nationalphilosoph afford ample materials 
for such work. This, however, has already been used most skilfully by 
Professor Edward Caird, who gives us a most admirable exposition 
and estimate of the whole Hegel in his volume in Blackwood's Philo- 
sophical Classics. There is no better introduction to Hegel's personality 
and work needed. Professor Josiah Royce {^The Spirit of Modern 
Philosophy) also gives a brief, but with a smack of sharpness, pen-sketch 
of Hegel's personal characteristics, using the material of the hostile 
critic Haym rather than that of the eulogistic disciple Rosenkranz. 
Since writing the following sketch I have, for the first time, looked 



BIOGRAPHICAL SKETCH. 3 

Georg Wilhelm Friedrich Hegel was born at Stuttgart, 
the capital of Wiirtemberg, on the 27th of August, 1770, 
and retained throughout life the Suabian characteristics of 
bluntness, shrewdness, and of deep interest in religion and 
in political affairs. His family belonged to the quiet con- 
servative middle-class. His father was an officer in the fis- 
cal service and a decided aristocrat. His mother seems to 
have been a woman of more than ordinary intelligence, and 
devoted to the instruction of her eldest son. She died when 
Hegel was thirteen years old. How grateful a remembrance 
he cherished of her is shown in a letter to his sister when 
he was fifty-five years old. " To-day is the anniversary of 
mother^s death, which I always keep in memory of her." 
His biographer, Rosenkranz, says that his early youth was 
passed quietly and cheerfully, without any remarkable ex- 
periences. The official position of his father brought his 
family into connection with the higher class of citizens. In 
his fiifth year he was sent to the Latin school, and in his 
seventh he entered the city Gymnasium, He was always 
an exemplary scholar, and won the prizes in every class. 
In the diary which he kept from his fifteenth to his seven- 
teenth year there are traces of deep ethical sentiments, 
though none of moral conflicts. Thus early, too, the Auf- 
kldrung possessed him. He inveighs against intolerance 
and superstition, and asserts the necessity of thinking for 
one's self. From this diary we learn, too, that though 
pedantic as a student, he did not fail to cultivate the social 
side of life. He frequented concerts, and enjoyed the so- 
ciety of the pretty maidens he thus met. Rosenkranz notes 
two peculiarities of Hegel at this time which he preserved 
through life: he was addicted to taking snuff and devoted 
to playing cards, especially to whist. 

through Dr. J. Hutchinson Stirling's great work on " The Secret of 
Hegel^* and find scattered throughout his most appreciative and valuable 
expository work the most scathing and harsh terms used in characteriz- 
ing Hegd. 



4 BIOGRAPHICAL SKETCH. 

In his sixteenth year he began the habit of keeping a 
Common-Place Book and of writing out analyses, with copious 
quotations, of every book of importance that he read. He 
was ready to thus fill his empty self with the best of the 
best authors — to lose himself in them that he might find 
himself enlarged and invigorated. For the purpose of 
putting one's self at the point of view of great authors, so 
as to lose one's petty self in them, he held that there was no 
better way than this writing out copious extracts from their 
works. This is the first experience with the principle of edu- 
cation most resolutely maintained by Hegel throughout life 
in regard to culture in general, i.e. the principle of self-aliena- 
tion {Selbst'Entfremdung) in order to true humanization. But 
even at this time of saturating himself with the thoughts of 
others, he showed that he was not merely passive, as he ex- 
presses the greatest admiration of the Greek world of culture, 
in which he soon found himself no mere pilgrim or alien. 
He was thus early penetrated by the nobility and serenity of 
the Grecian spirit, and as early showed his dislike of the 
prevalent morbid sentimentalism. At this time, too, we find 
traces of that conservative spirit in regard to the observance 
of the customary in social life and current affairs which char- 
acterized him throughout life as a conservative in religion 
and politics. He thought it to be but vain conceit to be 
continually protesting against established customs and creeds 
and to be obtruding one's own whimsical tastes upon the 
public. "Virtue,** he said a little later, "is not a troubling 
one's self about a peculiar and isolated morality of one's 
own. The striving for any such morality is futile and im- 
possible of attainment." 

The first trace of interest in philosophy is found in one 
of his note-books, when he was fifteen years of age. He 
defines philosophy to be " the pressing through into the very 
ground and inner constitution of human conceptions and 
knowledge of the profoundest truths." 



TABLE OF CONTENTS. 



Bibliography zi, xii 

Introduction j 

1. Biographical Sketch i 

2. Relation of Hegex's luTHrji lo PKtvi'^ii t-jiii^/.L 

Thought t 

3. Exposition or Hegel's 1,thi'ji 22 

4. Key-Words 57 

5. Abstract or Hegel's Itrm'JW'Ji'VJti . . . . O3 

TRAXSLAT1:L> ^JblXCTlONii- 



Abstract Will and I*Ei:soif/:LJTv . 

1. Property 

(a) Possession .... 
(*) Use or Consikitivk 

(r) REUNQriBHMENT 'Jf yh.'jyi.tV\ 

2. Contract ..... 

3. Wrong 

(tf) Unintentional Wtvw'v . 
(*) Fraud ... 
(r) VioixNCE a>d Crjrt 
Punishment .... 



71 
9^ 



iii>^;o^J> K^jK'j 



MOF.ALJrr. 



The Moral Standpoint 

1. Purpose and CvL^AtiLnT 

2. Intention and Welj-z-kl 

3. The Good and CoNy^iEM'jt 



MS 

mC 



6 BIOGRAPHICAL SKETCH. 

and philology, but with no knowledge whatever of phi- 
losophy. 

Like many others, his road to a place among the recog- 
nized world-thinkers lay through the conditions which hamper 
one in the situation of a private tutor in a rich family. Six 
uneventful years were thus spent by Hegel. But they were 
years of great intellectual activity, years of increase of knowl- 
edge, but above all of self-activity, in working over in the 
alembic of his own thought these gathered treasures. His 
education had given him a bias towards theological studies, 
and to the end of his life the study of religion fascinated 
his mind. We find him now busied with exegetical studies. 
In 1795 he finished writing a Life of Christ. Here, too, 
we find him noting the essential elements of Judaism as 
contrasted with the Greek view of religion, and even dis- 
paraging Christianity in comparison with the former, though 
a few years* later he had worked through to the estimate 
of Christianity as the absolute religion, or the principle of 
self-realization through self-sacrifice alike in man and in 
God, in his relation to man. It is in this period, too, that 
we find the idea of love as the most significant one to Hegel. 
In his appreciation of it we find implicit the whole of his 
later intellectual system. In the movement of love he saw 
the dialectic leading out of self into its other, in order to 
its own self-realization. Here, too, we find him making that 
laborious study of history, which later gave him the basis 
for his Philosophy of History, 

His interest in politics also led him to a fresh study of 
Kant's ethical treatises, that of the Philosophy of Right, 
appearing in 1797, and that of The Metaphysic of Ethics, in 
1798. Hegel strove to unite the two conceptions of positive 
law and subjective morality into a higher one, which he first 
named "Life," and later "Social Morality (i.e. Sittlichkeit), 
He protested against Kant's utter subjugation of nature 
and his dismemberment of humanity (Zerstikklung des Men- 



BIOGRAPHICAL SKETCH. 7 

schen) into a casuistry arising from the absoluteness of the 
conception of duty. 
pi^ It was at this time that the Wiirtemberg Diet was held 
to promulgate a new constitution based upon the principle 
of the freedom of person and property of all citizens. The 
king favored this constitution, but the aristocratic classes, 
with their vested privileges, protested against it in the name 
of " good old German rights." Here Hegel took his stand 
with the king against the prerogative of feudalism, the privi- 
lege of the guild and the purchased monopoly of the rich, 
for the king was, in this instance, the representative of 
rational freedom, of the true idea of the State. 

Through all these theological, historical and practical 
studies there was the nascent life of the Idea throbbing, 
which was to systematize all into the concrete unity of his 
later philosophy. It grew and took shape and form through 
them. He did not at first set himself the task of finding 
such a concrete principle. He did not "make his studies 
in public," as he said of Schelling, but he felt that he was 
making advances which would eventually come to light in 
a full orbed system. Beginning with particular questions 
pressing on him for solution, he was, as he says, "driven 
onward to philosophy, and, through reflection, to transform 
the ideal of his youth into a system." This " system " he 
put in writing in the year 1798. The above quotation is 
from a letter to Schelling, appealing to him as the one most 
likely to aid him in entering upon a public career as phil- 
osopher. In January, 1801, he went to Jena, where he 
championed Schelling's Identity- Philosophy against that of 
Fichte. In 1802 he united with Schelling in publishing a 
" Critical . Journal of Philosophy," in which the common- 
sense dualism of mind and matter was the stock object 
of attack, as well as the philosophy of subjectivity. The 
Identity-Philosophy^ however differently held by Schelling 
and Hegel, furnished " the conception of a unity above all 



8 RELATION TO 

differences, which manifests itself in all differences, and 
to which all differences must refer for their explanation.'* 
From Privat'docent he became Professor in the University 
in 1805. 

In 1807 he published his first important book, the Fhae- 
nomenologie des Geistes, which he finished amid the thunders 
of the battle of Jena. He seemed to have been as absorbed 
in this work as Archimedes at the siege of Syracuse. In 
" this voyage of discovery " Hegel touched and illuminated 
and criticised all the various standpoints of ethical and 
speculative philosophy. From 1808 to 18 16 he was Pro- 
fessor in the Gymnasium at Niirnberg, publishing his Logik 
in 18 16. For a year he was Professor at Heidelberg, where 
he published his Encyclopddie der philosophischen Wissen- 
schaften^ in which he gave his whole system in detail and 
in scientific form. In 18 18 he was called to the most im- 
portant chair of philosophy in Germany — that recently 
filled by Fichte in the University of Berlin. From this time 
till his death in 1831 he was recognized as the greatest 
teacher of philosophy in Germany. To fill out this out- 
line of dates and places, so as to give a biography of such 
a thinker, would require an exposition of the whole of his 
intellectual deed. To portray him as he was, would be to 
reproduce him as he thought. In order to determine the 
place of ethics in his whole system, it is at least necessary 
to give a brief outline of his Encyclopedia of the Philosophical 
Sciences, Before doing this, however, we may glance at the 
ethical thought of his times. 

II. 

Relation to Previous Systems, 

It is scarcely possible to speak of the relation of HegePs 
ethics to previous ethical systems, without giving the relation 
of his philosophy as a whole to previous systems of phi- 



PREVIOUS SYSTEMS. 9 

losophy. To properly orientate the English student ten years 
ago by such a statement, would have been the task of a 
whole volume. But so much has been done within the past 
decade or two as to render this superfluous here, beyond the 
general references given in the Bibliography. 

The Development front Kant to Hegel ^ is already a well- 
worn topic even in English, as it has long been in German. 
Hegel is by common consent the continuator and completor 
of the idealistic movement begun by Kant. The develop- 
ment of this movement is an excellent historical illustration 
of Hegel's own method, from the abstract universal through 
difference and particularity to the concrete synthetic uni- 
versal. Hegel is said to have burned his bridges behind 
him. Stirling will have it that he was always "a crafty 
borrower," using and then abusing his predecessors. But 
the bridges of thought are incombustible, and it is not diffi- 
cult to trace the continuity of HegeFs thought with that of 
Kant through the diversity of Fichte and Schelling. Hegel, 
for the most part, leaves out names and dates, abstracting 
the essence of systems and integrating them into his own 
system. His intimate relation to Kant, however, is best 
shown by the polemic which he constantly wages against all 
parts of Kant's system, especially his ethical theory. In 
relation to Kant, Stirling shuts up Hegel in the single 
sentence: "Hegel simply conceives the ego to develop into 
its own categories and, these being complete, externalization 
to result from the same law." This was however no simple 
matter, but rather the prodigious labor of the concept itself. 
So too, to shut up Hegel in a sentence in relation to Kant's 
ethical theory we might say, — he simply (rather, complexly) 
gave an exposition of the course that the abstract universal 
law or " Categorical Imperative " of Kant must take and has 
taken in becoming definite, concrete, realized, incarnate in 
the ethical life of humanity. 

1 The title of Professor Andrew Seth*s volume. 



lo RELATION TO 

The starting point of both Kant and Hegel was man as 
thinking will. But Kant considers the will of subjective man 
in unattainable identity with the universal will of the tran- 
scendent intelligible world, while Hegel gives us the vital 
synthesis of these two in his conception of the ethical world 
in which each one has his station and definite duties. The 
categorical imperative upon both was Fvoi^t (navrov on its 
practical side, the will. They differed chiefly in their con- 
ception of the o-cavTcfv. whose exegesis they attempted.^ 
With Kant it was the abstract, subjective self ; with Hegel 
it was the concrete, objective, the completely ethicized or 
socialized self. Kant lived and labored under the concep- 
tions of the eighteenth century rationalism, which held that 
reason was innate in every man as a sum total of clear, fixed 
notions, while Hegel considered reason as an immanent 
impulse of rationality that was continually realizing itself in 
human experience. They both had a metaphysic of ethics. 
But with Kant this was forever unutterable, with Hegel it 
had been continually uttering itself in the institutions of 
man. With one it was formless, with the other it was the 
continuously self-realizing Word that from the beginning 
was formative of the moral organism of humanity. The one 
looked solely within, the other looked outward for the self 
to be studied. Again with Kant the true res interna was 
absolutely supersensible. With Hegel it was expressed in 
definite and increasingly adequate forms in the res publica 
of the external world of man's activity. Hence he makes 
his " Philosophy of History '* an illustrative exposition of his 
science of ethics. The State, in the most concrete sense of 
this term, is the o-cavrov manifesting itself in temporal con- 
ditions. The history of the world is the tribunal through 
which man utters the forms of the categorical imperative 
heard in the supersensible world. Let us say in brief, then, 

1 I quote here and elsewhere in this Introduction from my article' on 
HegeVs Ethics in " The International Journal of Ethics," January, 1892. 



PREVIOUS SYSTEMS. il 

that the difference between Kant and Hegel may be formu- 
lated as the difference between an abstract and a concrete 

crcavTov. 

Hegel never ceased to inveigh against the vice of abstract- 
ness. His whole work consists in starting from, criticising, 
and passing beyond various abstract conceptions to a real 
concrete in which alone they find their place as organic 
phases or members. That which is true relatively to its 
correlate is false when abstracted from its correlate. And 
both correlates are true only wl^en they pass through this 
category of reciprocity to the organism which they both 
imply and demonstrate. The empirical and the noumenal 
self; the pure reason and the practical reason; subjective 
freedom and conditioning environment^ duty and the good, 
— these are some of the elements of ethical man that Kant 
abstracted from their organic process, wherewith to build 
his airy castle of morality. Abstractions, every one of them, 
says Hegel, who endeavors to lead through them to the 
more concrete view. We may, however, select two terms 
which will illustrate the difference between Kant and Hegel 
in ethics, — />., Moralitdt and Sitilichkeit^ both of which are 
used by the Germans for what we call morality. The first 
denotes the morality of the heart or of the conscience. The 
latter denotes conventional morality, or the objective cus- 
toms that are recognized as moral (^^t/ca, mores^ Sitten). 
The first is the individual conscience, the second is the 
social conscience. Hegel would say that there would be no 
Moralitdt without Sittlichkeit^ while Kant, with his categor- 
ical imperative, would make each individual an Athanasius 
contra mundum. Hegel would say that there could be no 
duty without some objective good as content for the formal 
good-will. That is, there can be no abstract self-realiza- 
tion by the conscientious man, no good-will without good 
manners. To realize himself the individual must do it in 
the forms of social man, must go beyond himself to be him- 



12 RELATION TO 

self. He must erect himself above himself and expand him- 
self beyond himself in his actualizing of his good-will. Only 
in the objective forms of his station can he find his duties. 
Otherwise his morality is sure to be peevish, cranky, and 
tyrannical, though, as a Simon Stylites, he may write the 
title of saint before his name. Hegel makes most trenchant 
criticisms ^ of Kant's formal law, showing that as an abstract 
universal it can neither suggest any particular duties nor 
test the rightness of rules otherwise suggested. It can only 
be a voice thundering in the inner Sinai, "thou shalt," with- 
out power to proceed to decalogic or monologic specification 
\ of what to do. Only an objective standard of right can 
I afford the ground of private judgment and render it other 
j than mere wilfulness .or mis-judgment. Pythagoras had this 
in view when he said that the best education one could desire 
for his son would be to have him become a citizen of a 
nation with good institutions. On the other hand, such good 
institutions are impossible without the element of Moralitdt, 
Society does not exist apart from the individual. It is rather 
an organism of organisms, whose SiiilichkeU expresses the 
immanent Moralitdt of its people. It exists in and through 
the life of its members. Hegel's conception combatted 
both an abstract individualism and an abstract societarian- 
ism. His ethics are the result of the organically related ele- 
ments of abstract personal, or external, rights and Moralitdt, 
His Sittlichkeit is the very life of the most concrete form of 
the self or man, — /. ^., the State. It is the science of this 
• body politic in its movement of self-realization, in which also 
the individual realizes himself, because its realization is what 
he must enter into in order to be what he ought to be. 

We should note that nothing could be more false to Hegel 
than to translate his Sittlichkeit by mere conventioftality or 
his Sitten by mere customs. This would be to take out the 

1 Hegel's Werke, i. 313, referred to by Professor Caird, "The Phi- 
losophy of Kant," ii. 186. 



PREVIOUS SYSTEMS, 13 

vital heart which formed, received and obeys loyally its own 
customs. The child thoroughly permeated by the family 
spirit yields glad obedience to family customs. The patriot, 
in peace as in war, observes his national customs and laws 
as expressions of his own true will. There is no mere blind 
conservatism in all this, but rather the same vital spirit 
which goes on to reform old customs, adapting them to the 
new and higher forms of life. The morality of the individual/ 
is possible only in this realm of the ethical (sittlicH) world.' 
He must have suckled at the breast of his environing I0o% \ 
and have converted it into flesh of his flesh and bone of his 
bone. There is to be found the material and the standard 
of his own morality. " The ethical life of the individual is 
but a pulse-beat of the whole system and itself the whole 
system." All education is the art of making men ethical 
(sittlich), of transforming the old Adam into the new Adam. 
" The child is the mere possibility of a moral being." ^ 

Obedience is the beginning of practical morality. His dis- \ 
cipline is the entering fulness, through which he becomes I 
a son, brother, husband, father, citizen and a cultured man. ; 
Hegel throughout holds in organic relation both elements ' 
of solidarity and independence. Nothing could be fur- 
ther than his theory from the mechanical, conservative 
conventionality of Chinese morality. He says that "the 
distinguishing feature of the Chinese is that everything 
belonging to the spirit — unconstrained morality, heart, in- 
ward religion — is alien to it." Again, he says : "Custom, 
activity without opposition, for which there is only a formal 
duration, in which the fulness and zest that originally 
characterized the aim of life, is out of the question. This 
is death to individuals and nations, or mere nullity and 
tedium. Only the adoption of some new purpose can 
awaken, can revivify such people." ^ 

1 Cf. HegePs Werke^ Band T., 396 and 399. 

* Hegel's Philosophy of History, pp. 144 and 78. 



14 RELATION TO 

The difference between the ethics of Kant and Hegel 
may also be expressed in these two formulas: "Duty for 
duty^s sake *' and " My station and its duties." With Kant 
Duty is the abstract transcendent law of the intelligible 
world which no man can ever realize, and which Duty yet 
commands man to realize for its own sake. The absolute- 
ness of Duty was sometimes insisted upon by both Kant 
and Fichte in a thoroughly inhuman way, as utterly divorced 
from all joys of the heart and secular happiness. It was 
against this moral rigorism of formal duty, slighting all 
regard to the phase of subjective needs and to the diversi- 
ties of individualities and situations that Jacobi made his 
now classical protest : " Nay, I am that atheist, that profane 
person, who in despite of the will that wills nothing (/. <?., in 
despite of the abstract formal precepts of morality) will lie, 
like the dying Desdemona; prevaricate and deceive, like 
Pylades representing himself to be Orestes; will murder, 
like Timoleon; break law and oath, like Epaminondas and 
Johann de Witt; resolve on suicide, like Otho; commit sac- 
rilege, like David; nay, pluck ears of corn on the Sabbath, 
only because I am hungry and the law was made for man 
and not man for the law," claiming the right for such deeds 
against the absolute irrational letter of the law. Though 
Hegel (in 1802) criticised* Jacobi very severely and pointed 
out the danger of " Jacobi's principle of the beauty of indi- 
viduality " leading to the exalting of sentiment and instinct 
to be the judge of the ethical, he afterwards (in 18 17) recog- 
nized the element of truth in Jacobins fierce protest against 
moral rigorism, Kant's emphasis on this element of morality 
was a needed corrective of hedonism, but it could afford no 
table of definite duties to be performed, ^e was himself 
no Moses to bring it down from the mount on tables of 
stone. Indeed to define or particularize the law would be 
to destroy its universality and thus its imperativeness. The 

-^Hegers Werke^ Band I., 1 05-1 11. 



PREVIOUS SYSTEMS, 15 

good will could not be found on earth, because the law could 
give no laws. "Obey duty" could therefore mean, do no 
particular deed, because no particular is equal to the uni- 
versal. It could only be done by the absolute annihilation 
of the individual, for you cannot universalize any particular 
maxim, nor can you particularize the formal universal law 
without marring it. 

Hegel was the Moses to bring the law down from the 
mount. The tables of stone were the deposit of reason, 
realized more or less consciously, in the practical ways of 
a people, in the substantial constitutive spirit of men 
as expressed in traditional and current codes. Against 
Kant's dictum " The good ought to be " Hegel opposed the 
assertion "The good /x." The law was found throbbing 
through the social organism of humanity, its vital and syn- 
thetic principle. In living the concrete life of one's station 
and people, the individual was fulfilling duty. The life of 
the social community (family, society, nation) exemplifies the 
concrete, objective, inclusive law. It is the moral organism 
in which the individual must be a vital organic member. At 
every stage of every community there is present a world so 
far moralized. The ethical man is the wise man who knows 
and identifies himself with his community. The immoral 
man is the one who is out of harmony with this good will, 
the will for the good of the community. We should know 
better than to think that we know better than this larger, 
communal self. 

Duty thus becomes definite and concrete. I belong to 
certain circles of fellow-men. I live in certain social tissues. 
. This is my station in life. To know this is to know my 
duties. I must realize myself by fulfilling all the rela- 
tions about my station. I must fill my place, perform a 
; definite function in a definite organism, be a vital mem- 
j bar of it. Organs and organism mutually live and work for 
I each other. "The individual's morality is a pulse-beat 



1 6 RELATION TO 

of the whole system and itself the whole system." Thus 
the abstract formal universal law of Kant is exchanged for 
a reflection in the individual of the concrete,objective ethical 
world of his community. It becomes an immanent intelli- 
gible universal, definite and concrete. 

In Kant we find the emphasis put on the individual. 
Hegel emphasizes rather the function of the objective social 
organism, which he calls the State, to rear the individual 
into that condition where respect for the right is combined 
with ethical beauty. "This lofty intuition," says Rosen- 
kranz, " is the Hellenic trait in Hegel, which, however, did 
not lead him to abate a tittle of the sharpness and energy of 
the Germanic principle of individuality." Hegel himself 
declared that the study of the master-pieces of classical 
literature should be "the spiritual bath, the profane baptism 
which imparts to the soul the first and inamissible tone and 
tincture of good taste and science." * Certainly the anarchic 
conception of " Man versus the State " was as foreign to 
Hegel's thought as it would have been to a citizen of Athens. 
He would rather say, you cannot be a man without the State, 
you cannot be a whole unless you are a vital member of a 
whole. 

This, perhaps, is as far as Hegel brings us in the present 
treatise. But, as we shall show, this is only a part of a larger 
whole into which Hegel carries up the self-realizing process 
of the will into the absolute realm, carries up humanity on 
the mount of transfiguration, — into the realm of Absolute 
Spirit, which is the real presupposition, cause and end of 
objective spirit^ or of man in secular relations. 

We might thus go per saltum, as Hegel himself did, from 
Kant to Hegel. But we should at least notice the media- 
tion of the ethical philosophy of Fichte, whose personality 
and ethical enthusiasm really eclipses his philosophy in 
worth and interest. Like Jacobi, he had a heart of fire, 

1 Karl Schmidt's Geschichte der Pddagogik, IV., 678. Edition of 1862. 



PREVIOUS SYSTEMS, 17 

but unlike him, he followed his head, endeavoring to com- 
plete the work of Kant. Kant refused to own this work, 
being unable to recognize the skeleton which he had formed 
when clothed in flesh and blood by Fichte. Fichte claimed 
to harmonize Kant's two Critiques^ reducing his dualism to 
the monism of subjective idealism in morals as well as in 
philosophy. He made the ego to be the author of both 
the moral law and of the endeavor to realize it. The prin- 
ciple of unity thus attained is the ego itself. This alone, 
he claimed, could be the true significance of Kant's autonomy 
of the will. Beyond the ego there is naught, not even the 
ghostly Ding an sich, nor the suprasensible intelligible world. 
This is subjective idealism, where the ego both forms (machf) 
and creates {schafft) its own world, in definite contradiction 
to Kant's dictum, macht zwar der Ver stand die JVatiir, aber 
er schafft sie nicht. It was owing to this character of sub- 
jective idealism that Hegel relegates it to the rank of an 
historical and superceded system. He says that Fichte 
denied all external reality, making the ego to produce its 
own non-ego for conduct as well as for thought. Still Fichte 
held that in morality the identity — ego=^non-ego — was never 
fully realized, the identity thus remaining a subjective one, 
and a struggle with self the essence of morality. Thus, the 
highest point of the system is only a must {soUeri) and a 
striving (streben). In showing this impossible demand; never 
able to attain objectivity, Hegel leaves the system as nothing 
more than subjective idealism of the empirical ego} That 
Hegel failed to do Fichte justice is evident to any reader 
of Fichte, though we feel this to be a slight done to his 
personality and moral enthusiasm rather than any injustice 
to his theory of ethics.^ 

1 For HegeFs criticism of Fichte cf. Hegel's Werke, Band I. 

* " It is difficult to speak calmly of Fichte. His life stirs one like a 
trumpet. He combines the penetration of a philosopher with the fire 
of a prophet and the thunder of an orator ; and over all his life lies the 
beauty of a stainless purity." — Chamber's Encyclopedia, 



1 8 RELATION TO 

Accepting this criticism as true, taking Fichte at his word 
as a subjective idealist, we may say that he utterly outdid 
Kant's boasted Copernican feat, not only making the stars to 
revolve around the ego as the central sun, but making the 
ego to be the creator of the whole moral firmament itself. 
Thus in morals with Fichte the appeal must always be to the 
individual's conviction of duty. He must act according to 
his conscience. I am not aware that Hegel or any other 
one has directly charged Fichte with the evils that naturally 
flow from the principle of the right of private judgment, the 
evils of individualism, moral atomism, moral mis-judgment, 
though these are consequences of all subjective idealism. 
The private conscience can have no judgment, for a judg- 
ment is essentially a universal as Kant taught. It can only 
have whims, caprices, likings and opinions of a private and 
therefore of a particular and partial character. Unsaturated 
with the communal universal life, ceasing to be a pulse-beat 
in the system, his judgment loses the character of a judg- 
ment or law. 

Following Kant, Fichte at first separates even more 
sharply between the spheres of Right (legality) and Ethics 
(morality), making the former to be utterly independent 
of the latter, and excluding it entirely from the realm of 
morality. Right (legal) is merely mechanical, external force 
holding individuals in the bonds of civil society. In morality 
the individual is purely autonomous. The State is merely a 
social compact, proceeding from the want of confidence and 
sociality. In his later philosophy, however, he puts more 
emphasis upon the State as the condition of morality, making 
it to rest, not on the compact of individuals, but upon the 
aim of the species. To it . belongs the imposition of all 
forms of culture and activity. Its final aim is to make ethi- 
cality {Sittlichkeit) possible. Its power is both obligatory 
and enfranchising, in the education of the race.^ Thus he 

^ Cf. Adolph Lasson^s Rechtsphilosophie^ 6 and 100-102. 



PREVIOUS SYSTEMS. 19 

approaches more nearly the position of HegeFs Philosophy 
of the State, though in no scientific form. Like Schelling, 
in his latter day he ran into mystical pantheism and abso- 
lutism. 

We need say but little of the relation of Hegel to Schel- 
ling, of their early pact, of Hegel's apparent discipleship, of 
the lasting unpleasantness between them after the publica- 
tion of the Vorwort to HegePs Fhdnomenologie des Geistes, 
Beginning as an ardent Fichtean, Schelling soon developed 
in his Identity-Philosophy an abstract pantheism. The 
Program of the Critical Jjurnal of Philosophy, which Schel- 
ling and Hegel edited jointly, asserted that "the great imme- 
diate interest of philosophy is to put God again absolutely 
at the head of the system, as the one ground of all, the 
principium essendi et cognoscaidiy Hegel took this in earnest, 
and ever remained faithful to it, applying it to the solution 
of ethical antinomies and to the explanation of the ethical 
life of mankind. His course onward was towards a more 
concrete conception of the Absolute as Subject, as Spirit, 
while Schelling's course was the reverse, making the Abso-' 
lute to be the mere indifference point or the identity of in- 
determinate substance. It is with this blank, unspiritual 
principle that Hegel definitely breaks in his Preface to his 
first independent work. Die Phdnomenologie des Geistes, " In 
such philosophy,'* he says, "the Absolute is, as it were, shot 
out of a pistol." " It is the night in which all cows are black." 
That is, in it all different things — right and wrong, good 
and bad — are the same. This blank Absolute Substance 
of Schelling furnished no foundation for ethics, while the 
eternally self-realized and self-realizing Subject of Hegel 
does. God is the beginning and the goal, the orderer of the 
moral order of the world and the creator of the moral ideal. 
It is this divine principle which constitutes the intellectual 
and ethical cosmos into which man is born for self-realiza- 
tion. For the individual, self-realization is to come through 



20 RELATION TO 

' renunciation of the empty self in favor of the larger and 
truer self mirrored for him in the various circles of the social 
organism, and ultimately in the institutions of Absolute 
Spirit — Art, Religion and Philosophy. As to Hegel's 
crafty indebtedness to Fichte and Schelling, it is to be con- 
sidered that we may make and read a patchwork of the two 
that seems like Hegel, but that we read it in the light of the 
full, organic, scientific work of Hegel himself. At best, his 
predecessors' works were but the quarry whence his genius 
builded a great structure. 

HegeFs ethical view was also in marked contrast with and 
opposition to the ethics of the general eighteenth century 
view known as the Aufkldrung^ edaircisscment and free 
thought or rationalism. 

The Aufkldrung was essentially a protest against all tra- 
ditional dogmas, cults, creeds and institutions.^ The trans- 
cendent worth of the illuminated and enfranchised individual 
of that time was a very delirium of self-conceited private 
judgment, setting up private reason as the valid tribunal 
before which to summon all manner of hitherto valid laws 
and customs. It was a conceited enlightment (kdaircisse- 
ment) or a clearing tip (^/{/"klarung) that, as Schelling said, 
had turned into a clearing oiii (^^^j-klarung) of all the wisdom 
and practical experience of the race. This produced that 
ethical atomism in which each atom was independent of 
every other one and of all forms of association in which they 
had been enslaved by priestcraft and statecraft. Rousseau 
asserted this freedom and validity of the merely " natural 
man," decivilized as far as possible. But the natural man 
was not large enough to measure all things, to appreciate 
and estimate rightly the universal human reason already 
done into ethical forms of life. Hence it virtually dropped 
all judgment, all application of universal principles, and 

^ For Hegel's exposition and criticism of this movement consult 
Phdn. des Geistes^ 356-437 ; and Philosophy of History^ 456-474. 



PREVIOUS SYSTEMS. 21 

stuck to its own private pint-cup measure. Kant, in refut- 
ing Hume by demonstrating the existence of a priori princi- 
ples of judgment, of categories absolutely independent of 
experience, did not himself attain to real objectivity and 
validity. While proclaiming universal and objective princi- 
ples he still made them subjective^ and hence his philosophy 
could not stem the current which insisted upon privatizing 
these universals instead of insisting upon the private con- 
science universalizing itself in the communal traditional 
conscience. Hegel asserts ^ that this freedom and independ- 
ence and validity of /m'a/<?. judgment belongs to the Kantian 
philosophy. In Germany, however, he thinks it remained 
rather a " tranquil theory," while in France it was tried in 
practical life, where it culminated in the Reign of Terror. 

Now, Hegel polemicized persistently and strenuously 
against the moral as well as against the intellectual views of 
this rationalism of the understanding. He had been early 
attracted by the glamour of its enthusiasm for the abstract 
rights of man, as against all enslaving customs of existing 
ethical institutions. He also early saw its utter negativeness, 
" ignoring the holy and tender web of human affections." 
He insisted that Reason was not so late born as the eigh- 
teenth century, but that it had always been regnant in the 
practical world ; that it had always been operative in the 
formation of all social customs and institutions which bound 
men together ; that it was the real substance of the concrete 
life of civilized man. This enabled him to meet all the 
negative criticism of existing institutions (family, society, 
state and church) and to vindicate their validity and ration- 
ality as institutions of the spirit for the education of man 
into freedom — into humanity. Such, indeed, we shall find 
to be the whole argument of his Ethics as contained in the 
following " Selections." Against the whole rationalistic 
movement of free thought (better designated anti-rationalism) 

^ Philosophy of History^ p. 462. 



22 EXPOSITIOX. 

Hegel dared to maintain that "The Real is the Rational." 
Even the most superficial acquaintance with his philosophy, 
especially with his dialectic, sumces to guard this expression 
from being considered the equivalent of a pet phrase of the 
very movement he was combatting. /. c\, that " WTiatever is, 
is right." The "Real," he explains {Logii\ § 6\ is not the 
accidental actuality of any and ever)* sham, but the vital 
substance of the Di^-ine Reason in past and present institu- 
tions — the throb of real rationality which alone enables 
them to arise and thrive, and to nurture man into humanity. 
Whatever is, is because of its seed or web of rationality. 
The "/>" is always a phase of the ought. The real is 
not and never has been " so feeble as merely to have a right 
or an ought to exist without actually existing " (Logic, § 6). 
,' To be a man, one must at least wear the clothes of a man. 
The disrobed " natural man " of the Aufkldrung needs to be 
assured that clothes are rational, and Hegel's task in his 
Ethics is to reclothe the perishing nude infant of vulgar 
rationalism. His Philosophie des Rechts is a philosophical 
Sartor Resartus, 

III. 

Exposition, 

We have said that it would be necessary to give an 
outline of Hegel's Encydopddie in order to see the place 
that ethics holds in his whole system. It is also necessary 
to give this for another reason. It has sometimes been 
maintained that Hegel never gave any thorough exposition 
of ethics. Any adequate knowledge of Hegel, however, 
easily disposes of this objection. Hegel's doctrine of ethics 
is found chiefly in the Philosophie des Rechts^ which is an 
enLarged exposition of Part Second of his Philosophie des 
Geistes, With this goes, as an interpreting and fulfilling 
sequel, his Philosophy of History, We have made but 



EXPOSITION. 23 

slight reference to his Phdnomenologie des Geistes^ which 
contains not only his ethics, but nearly all other parts of his 
Philosophy, in brilliant and somewhat imaginative form. 
Apart from this earlier and graphic work (1807) Hegel only 
published the following works. 

1. The Science of Logic — called his Larger Logic, 181 1- 
1816. 

2. The Encyclopedia of the Philosophical Sciences, 18 17 and 
1827. 

3. The Philosophy of Right, 182 1. 

All the other volumes of his Works were edited from his 
manuscripts by his friends after his death. 

The Encyclopedia contains the whole system in the scien- 
tific form given by himself. It is his attempt to exhibit his 
system in its entirety. As we now have it, it is Hegel's 
own revised and enlarged edition, together with additions 
made from his manuscripts used in the Lecture-room. 

This Encyclopedia is not a mere compend of heterogeneous 
parts, but a systematic exposition of all parts of philosophy 
in their organic relations; that is, an exposition of all the 
connected phases of reality that come under the cognizance 
of the philosopher. It is concerned with Absolute Reality 
in the phages of unity, difference and totality, Hegel's term 
for this Absolute Reality is the Idea {Idee) or God. He 
makes three divisions of the Idea as 

1. Reason {Vernunft). 

2. Nature. 

3. Spirit (Geist), 

Otherwise, as he denominates them : 

1. Logic, or the Science of the pure Idea, 

2. The Philosophy of Nature. 

3. The Philosophy of Spirit. 

I. The first might better be termed Metaphysics or 
Ontology. It makes abstraction from the reality of nature 
and finite spirit and considers only thought \w. t^M^ •aJws^x'^o.. 



24 EXPOSITJOX. 

It takes up all the various predicates or categories by which 
human reason has sought to define and comprehend the 
Universal, the Absolute, beginning with the most abstract 
and empty of them all (mere being) and showing how each 
lower one criticises and elevates itself into the next higher 
one, until restless thought rests in the most concrete and 
absolute category possible — the/^/^^, God. It exhibits 
the interconnectedness of all'^ategOrl^s by"means of the 
vital dialectic of difference. It is a criticism of the Cate- 
gories of thought by itself, in its march to thorough compre- 
hension of Reality, through partial conceptions, ending with 
Absolute Personality as that which all the others imply and 
as that which includes and explains them all.^ 

How have men named this reality? Hegel takes up the 
various answers, only in scientific rather than in historical 
forms, and shows their mutual limitations and filiations, 
arranging them in the order of their comparative capacity 
to express truth in the totality of its relations. To stop 
here would be to stop with the metaphysics of Reality. But 
»^^/aphysics implies physics, presupposes a realm which it 
enswathes and sustains. 

2. This realm Hegel takes up in his Philosophy of Nature. 

The transition which he makes from the Logic to Nature 
is confessedly obscure. It is, however, none other than the 
difficulty of the question of creation by God, the transition 
from God, into the act and processes of self-alienation or 
creation. Hegel, at all events, makes this a free act of 
God. He says, in the last paragraph of his Logic: " The 

^ It was in regard to this work of the Logic in giving a critical 
exposition of the categories of thought that Hegel made the following 
striking remark : — "If it is held a valuable achievement to have dis- 
covered some sixty odd species of the parrot, a hundred and thirty-seven 
of Veronica, and so forth, it should surely be held a far more valuable 
achievement to discover the forms of reason : Is not a figure of the 
syllogism something infinitely higher than a species of parrot or of 
Veronica?" Hegel's Werke, Band V., 139. 



EXPOSITION. 25 

Idea is absolutely free; and its freedom means that it does 
not ijfei ' fe ly pass over into life, or, as finite cognition, allow 
life to show in it, but in its own absolute truth resolves to 
let the element of its particularity or of the first determina- 
tion and other-being, the unmediated Idea^ as its reflection, 
go forth freely itself from itself as Nature.^^ That is, we 
have the Idea in its most abstract form passing over into 
the phase of time and space existence, progressively, how- 
ever, realizing or objectifying reality through various forms 
up to finite spirit, and then, through the various stages and 
grades of finite spirit, ultimately up to God again. 

His philosophy is no mere naturalism or materialism. 
Nature is not the first with Hegel. Nor is it the essentially 
evil, as with the Gnostics. But it is essentially rational 
as the creation of the Divine Reason, progressively ascend- 
ing to more adequate rational forms, collecting and elevating 
itself till it reaches the form of organic life and passes into 
soul as the first form of finite spirit. _Nature is the matrix 
^od.the cradle ojE finite spirit, not because its potency brings 
forth man in and of itself, but because it is so used by the 
immanent Divine Reason. He says: "The end of nature 
is to destroy itself, to break through its immediate sensible 
covering, and, like the Phoenix from its flames, to arise from 
this externality new-born as spirit."^ Spirit is really the 
ground of the possibility of nature, rather than a natural ^' 
product of nature. Nature is simply the Idea displaying its J 
own element of particularity in the form of otherness, and/ 
the gradual reduction of this form to its own absolute form. 
In the last paragraph of this work he says: "The aim of 
this treatise is to give a picture of nature in order to conquer 
this Proteus; to find in all its externality only the mirror 
of ourselves; to see in nature the free reflexion of the spirit; 
to recognize God in this His immediate form of determinate 
being." * 

* Hegel's Natur -philosophies 696. *^ \\a^., ^jr^^. 



26 EXPOSITIOX. 

3. The Philosophy of Spirit. 

Hegel's transition from Nature to Spirit is thus readily 
seen to be clear, explicit and satisfactor}-. Nature culmi- 
nates in man, the interpretation as well as the interpreter of 
nature. His Philosophy of Spirit includes Subjective Spirit 
(Anthropology and Psycholog}*), Objective Spirit (Rights, 
Morality and Social Ethics), and Absolute Spirit (Art, Re- 
ligion and Philosophy). It is with the second division, that 
of Objective Spirit^ that we are here concerned, though we 
must note in the sequel how Hegel carries the whole 
process of finite Spirit up into the sphere of Absolute Spirit. 
All three parts form an exposition of the actualization of 
spirit, of its progressive self-realization from the lowest 
form of consciousness to its highest, its return through im- 
mense labor to its own true, rational and divine self. Thus 
no one part can be taken as complete in itself. It is only 
the taking of the whole as one high argument that preserves 
any part from the unjust criticism so often offered. In fact, 
the whole of the Philosophy of Spirit is an ethical treatise, 
if we use the term ethics in the broad sense of the self-real- 
ization of the human spirit. The " Selections " in this 
volume are, however, confined to his treatment of Objective 
Spirit, as fully elaborated in a separate treatise, the Philoso- 
phie des Pechts,** which exhibits the free spirit as it actually 
stands or lives as thinking will in the world. It is an exhi- 
bition of spirit as objectified in the institutions of law, 
the family, and the state, set between subjective spirit and 
Absolute Spirit, Thus his Ethics start from the natural con- 
dition of man, and lead on to man in his highest relations, 
exhibiting the perfection of his spiritual character in the 
realms of art, religion and philosophy, — the three media 
of perfect self-realization or of comprehension of his rela- 
tions with the Absolute Spirit of whom and through whom 
and to whom are all things. We shall note, in our criticism, 
Hegel's apparent failure to carry ethics up into this sphere 
of the Absolute Spirit. 



EXPOSITION, 27 

HegePs method is always that of beginning with the most 
abstract phase of his topic and following through the imma- 
nent self-criticism of one abstract phase to another until the 
organic concept {Begriff) is reached, which is then seen to be 
the real presupposition throughout, instea'd of being an in- 
ductive result. His true first principle, his most concrete 
statement, is scarcely perceptible in his first advances, but 
it comes more and more clearly to light, as the immanent 
and organic principle that lives in, through, and above all 
the abstractions that strut dogmatically, aping the real. 
Objections will be continually raised against the dogmatic 
utterances of Hegel as to the earlier phases of right and 
freedom, these being taken to represent his own full opinion 
on the topic in hand. But he is only stating the various 
dogmatic standpoints that have been, or may be, held on the 
subject — the crude and imperfect opinions upon which he 
is to let loose the dialectic fire to purge them of their dross. 
" The will is absolutely free." " The will wills the will and 
always wills itself." **The * Person' (abstract) has the right 
to put his will into everything and thereby make it his own." 
These and other examples will readily be noted by the 
student. 

Again he often speaks of the immature as the fully ripened, 
of the acorn as an oak, the materials and plan as the ca- 
thedral. But the one who reads him closely can generally 
find how he guards against misunderstanding by means 
of one of those many troublesome phrases noted in the 
Vocabulary, The true way to read Hegel, in one sense, is 
to read him backward — his end is his real beginning. 
This, however, he always announces at the first in its poten- 
tial form and then follows through its stages of realization. 
His order, moreover, is always the logical one from the ab- 
stract universal through the particular to the universalized 
individual. In other words it does not follow the empirical 
or historical order of the development of an institution. He 



28 EXPOSITION. 

Starts with the concept of the will. A concept is relatively 
a ' jusa sui, a logically self-determining force, potentially 
containing all the contradictory phases taken on in the 
course of its seU-revelation. Just how or when any of these 
phases occur empirically is a matter of no consequence so 
far as the science is concerned. It is a matter of greatest 
consequence that they should thus occur and be the revela- 
tion of the concept. But the chronological order of the 
various empirical phases does not necessarily coincide with 
the logical order of the concept, ^he speculative method is 
to exhibit all these phases as inherently interrelated and as 
the self-characterizations of the concept itself. The external 
manifestation or history of a concept is generally a scene of 
contingency. The speculative method takes and arranges 
all these partial and miscellaneous forms in accordance with 
the concept, stripping them of contingency and organizing 
them into system ; thus exhibiting the rationality (the self- 
developing concept) of their history. Thus we have the 
real history of any institution, as Wallace says, "written, as 
if it had been, in evanescent inks — dates are wanting — 
individualities and their biographies yield up their place to 
universal and timeless principles."^ 

This exposition of any concept is made by means of its own 
dialectic. That is, the scientific method of Hegel is the 
dialectical one. The dialectic is neither mere subjective 
nor external criticism. It is the immanent life of the con- 
cept, criticising itself from lower to higher forms. Starting 
from a dogmatic assertion of the undeveloped universal, we 
see the dialectic gradually specifying, particularizing it and 
successively transftiuting each dogmatic particular form into 
a higher form, until the abstract universal becomes fully 
particularized, defined, realized — the concrete universal — 
the individual or the concept itself. First we have the abstract 
thesis, then the special antithesis and finally the full syn- 

1 The Logic of Hegel, p. LXIII. 



EXPOSITION. 29 

# 

thesis, all of which is the self-realization of the concept. 
The growth of the tree from the seed represents this inner 
dialectic of the concept of a tree. 

The process is not deductive or a priori^ proceeding from 
a first principle which remains valid and normative through- 
out. It starts rather from an undeveloped first principle and 
shows how inadequate it is, presupposing always a more con- 
crete principle as its logical condition. This concrete prin- 
ciple is at once the logical and the chronological presupposi- 
tion. ** In the beginning God (created)." The dialectical 
procedure is a retrograde movement from the abstract to the 
concrete, from error to truth, from the dependent to the 
infinite, the self-determining. That is, the procedure is always 
towards the first principle which is ultimately seen to be the 
true, the first and the final cause of the whole process. Each 
higher stage is reached, not by a mechanical evolution from 
the lower one, but by means of the imperfections and impli- 
cations exhibited by the lower one. All nature, all life, all 
thought, except Absolute Thought exhibits this immanent 
dialectic. So much has already been written about this 
dialectic method of Hegel that we need do no more here 
than give one illustration from the text. 

The first form of the ethical concept is the family — an 
inclusive universal or unit. But soon the diversities or 
distinctions of parents and children appear. A married 
couple do not constitute a family. Children break in upon 
this simple unity, and remain always children to their par- 
ents. But they do not always remain children. They grow 
to maturity, leave their parents* roof and establish new 
families. Family property is divided, the family broken up, 
resolved into mutually independent individuals with various 
interests, thus merging into the realm of civil society. Here 
the particular interests of individuals jog and jostle each 
other through civil relations till the ethical realm of an 
organic nation is reached in which both family and civil 
society are integrated, preserved and fulfilled. 



30 EXPOSITION. 

Hegers Philosophic des Rechts may be called the doc- 
trine of the will. The w ill is the man, a,nd_ ethical ni i i^" J^ 
^U realized in his social institu tion^. To reach this con- 
ception, however, he starts with the most abstract conception 
of will, which he takes as ready to hand. He divides the 
whole work, as usual, into triadic form : ^ 

I. The will as immediate, undeveloped potentiality, which 
gives the sphere of abstract or formal right. 

II. The will self-reflected, or subjective individuality, op- 
posed to objective will. This gives the sphere of Moralitdt^ 
or of conscience contra mundum, 

III. The will as the unity and truth of these two abstract 
phases, the realm of formal freedom and objective right 
realized in the world. This gives the realm of Sittlichkeit, 
or the ethical world, as the concrete realization of man as 
will. This includes the sphere of (a) the family, (b) civil 
society, (c) the State in the most concrete sense of the term, 
such as Dr. Mulford construes "the Nation." Under this 
last he embraces (a) internal polity, (fi) external polity, 
(y) international polity, merging into Universal History, as 
the realization of man in the most cosmopolitan sense of 
the term. 

We give a translation of the larger half of this volume, 
and here offer a brief and free exposition of its contents, 
referring the student to the fuller and admirable exposition 
given by Prof. Geo. S. Morris in his volume on " HegePs 
Philosophy of the State and of History." We recommend 
this volume as a companion book to this translation.^ 

1 § 33- Grundlinien der Philosophie des Rechts. Berlin, 1848. All 
the references in this volume are to this later edition of the work. 

2 It seems fitting that we should pay a brief tribute to the memory of 
one of the chief philosophical teachers of America, the late Prof. Geo. 
S. Morris, of whom the English quarterly. Mind, says : " He had gained 
a most enviable name and influence among philosophical students 
and writers and teachers. There is every reason to regret deeply his 
untimely death at the age of forty-eight." He was the centre of a 
deep religious and ethical influence extending far beyond the limits 



EXPOSITION. 3 1 

The subject-matter of Hegel's Philosophy of Eighty or of 
the State^ is the human will, and thus it is essentially a 
treatise on Ethics. But the will, as Hegel tells us (§ 4), 
is a particular form of thought, — thought translating itself 
into determinate being, thought as impulse to self-actual- 
ization. The will, too, is essentially free. At first it is 
only formally, potentially free. It is only through a long 
series of mediations, — through many advances, retreats, 
and ultimate conquests of itself in diverse and apparently 
foreign forms, — that this, its essential nature, is realized. 
Put in another way, the subject-matter is the human will, 
as respects the relation of particular (private) to universal 
(public, social) will of man, and ultimately of this universal 
human will in relation to the absolutely universal Divine 
will, though this latter belongs to the subsequent and 
concluding portion of his Encyclopedia, 

Cognition completed passes into practical activity. To 
think or know an object is to create, determine and possess 
an object ; but intelligence, which determines objects, is 
will. It is spirit willing, or realizing itself. But will is 
taken at first in its potential, undeveloped form, — will, as 
it were, in the state of nature rather than in state of civili- 
2ation. It is rather the instinct of the needs and greeds 
directed to the satisfaction of the individual ; it is poten- 

of the University of Michigan. I quote the following from a private 
letter of Prof. Williston S. Hough, of the University of Minnesota, a 
Former student of Dr. Morris, and, at the time of his death, his assist- 
ant in Philosophy : — 

** At times he spoke almost as one inspired with the melodious rythm 
Df a poet and the illumination of rare philosophic insight. Yet the 
chief source of his power was unquestionably his own character. He 
tvill live in our thought as a remarkable exemplification of sweetness 
and light His loss to Philosophy in this country is great and twofold : 
1st, as a teacher who would have inspired a genuine interest in Phi- 
losophy in every student who came under him, and who would have 
educated many special and useful scholars in this field ; and, 2d, as a 
smter who doubtless had his greatest work still before him." 

A brief personal acquaintance more than confirmed the high estimate 
formed of him from his books. 



32 EXPOSITION. 

tially universal, and yet has no content. Its aim is to have 
only its fully realized self as content, and thus be free. To 
reach this, however, it must descend into the realm of par- 
ticularities, — into particular will, willing something. The 
movement is from within outward ; but the movement, even 
through the satisfaction of instinctive jieeds and greeds, is 
from the pure self-reference of the individual as universal. 
It is still abstract, formal, internal. Such a single will 
Hegel denominates a person in the most abstract, formal \ 
sense of the term. It is the first stage of the realization 
of such formal personality that Hegel treats in his Part 
First, 

Abstract Right, 

To be a person is, in one sense, the highest within human 
capacity. But, as used here, the term refers to a mere indi- 
vidual will maintaining its single right as universal. It is 
the rude, uncultured man, stubbornly sticking for his will- 
fulness, while the true person has an eye for all sides and 
relations of a complex social life. Such a will demands full 
sway for itself without having as yet conscientious aims or 
convictions. It is the right of such a person to cast his will 
over every external thing, making it his own. Confronted 
with other such wills, however, the formula of abstract rights 
is "be a person and respect others as persons." Hegel 
warns us against putting into this formula all that it would 
imply in an ethical, social state. Nothing like humaneness 
is yet present. In such respect for others the person only 
cares for himself. Such a " person " is nowhere to be found. 
But the conception necessarily results from, and is the first 
phase of, the abstract concept of will. Such a potential, 
universal will, however, cannot remain utterly abstract. It 
finds itself confronted by a world of external nature. The 
alternative comes to succumb to this, or to rise and conquer 
it and so to be free. Allcs ist Ich, The world is by right 



EXPOSITION, ZZ 

its oyster. It actualizes itself only by making the world 
to be really its oyster. Abstract will asserts itself against 
its environment, lays its hand upon its rights. It thus 
achieves objective existence and takes the first step towards 
actualization. ThiBgL^I^.?P^^"l?55» will4ess, and the "per- 
son" has. the right to subject them all to his will, to put 
his will into them, and thus achTeve their true destiny. 

Here appears the distinction between persons and things. 
Things are rightfully a part or property of the person, and 
become such through his act. Will is thus objectified in 
property, and things cease to be mere things, and become 
properties of the will through seizure, use and alienation. 
Property is thus something rational, necessary and sacred. 
" first, the body of the person is thus made a possession 
or property. Both body and soul (life) are taken possession 
of, the will making them its instruments. 

Hence, too, the sacredness of " person " or of one's body 
and life. The will being thus placed in them secures them 
from slavery. Slavery can come only where one will not 
maintain the rights of person and property to the death. 
It depends upon each person's will, whether he will be a 
\ slave or not. If he prefers mere continuance of existence 
to independence, he becomes the slave of the first person 
who can make him his property. Slavery, in primitive 
times, is rather a wrong suffered or chosen than a wrong 
done. I put my will in a thing, and make it an attribute 
or property of myself. This involves the further rights of 
using, consuming and alienating possessions. Will changes 
things into properties. Thus the relation between things 
becomes the relation between wills. Persons are related to 
each other through their properties. They can hold property 
only as they also respect each other's property. 

This is the sphere of contract. Property here comes to 
be held through the will of others as well as through one's 
own will. Instead of one abstract will, we have several 



(, 



34 EXPOSITION, 

partially realized wills. The consent of other wills strength- 
ens my property-rights. In this common will of contract the 
abstract will of the mere individual or " person " attains its 
first stage of concrete universality. It is mediated by the 
will of some others. 

But such a common will is still far from being that of the 
universal will of society. Its elements are accidental and 
particular, and can give no guarantee of fulfilment. Fraud, 
violence and crime are inevitable. In "crime" will violates 
itself: that is, violates itself as explicitly common will and as 
implicitly universal will. The formal common will of con- 
tract, considered as yet abstracted from the concrete uni- 
versal will of ethical society, is sure to be violated. Penalty 
follows this negation as the next step forward toward true 
rights and the objectification of the universal will. Con- 
tract is a step forward, crime a step backward, and penalty 
another advance in the relation of the particular will to 
universal will, or in the self-realization of will as the science 
of ethics. Penalty is the negation of the negation (crime), 
or a reaffirmation of the universal. The criminal really 
commits the crime against himself as potentially universal 
will. 

Punishment springs from the conception of true will and 
of justice. In the very will of the criminal lies the universal 
which is to complete his crime in the penalty. This is an 
act of justice to the criminal himself as well as to the com- 
mon will. Punishment really honors the criminal — treats 
him as a person, according to his universal element rather 
than as a will-less thing. Theories of punishment on the 
ground of the reformation or terrorization of the criminal, or 
of the protection of society, do not duly respect the manhood 
of the criminal. Punishment is only justice to the criminal 
himself. The universal in him cries out. Give me my due, 
let justice be done by having penalty complete my crime. 
Penalty is but the reaction upon the criminal of his own 



EXPOSITION. 35 

negative act. It is equally the act of his own will; it is his 
own right. But in this as yet unorganized and unethical 
condition, where there is no valid universal will of society 
to mediate between crime and penalty, we find punishment 
in the form of revenge, mob-law and Judge Lynch. The 
common will of the abstract contract stage becomes again a 
state of nature, an aggregate of at best only semi-civilized 
Ishmaelites. Here retaliation becomes endless. Family- 
feuds to the death in the sphere of organized society is but 
a relapse to such barbarism. 

True punishment is impossible without the mediation of 
a true universal or ethical will of society. This demand 
brings the judge, who is to be the disinterested repre- 
sentative of the true will of man. As legal judge he is 
to have no private views or feelings. He is simply to 
wrong the wronger till he renders right. But as dispenser 
of retributive justice, the judge appeals beyond the letter of 
the law to an inward forum, to the universal will, and renders 
decisions that must commend themselves to the conscience 
of both criminal and society. 

Property, contract and punishment are alike seen to 
be impossible without the presence and mediation of a 
relatively universalized or ethical will. Death or slavery 
can be the only logical issue to abstract will seeking its 
abstract rights. With no other elements at work, such a 

I state of nature could never give rise to the institution 
of the State. Some judge more just and universal must 
be found. The demand is for a particular will which 
can at the same time will the universal or the "infinite 

. subjectivity of freedom." Such a will must reflect upon 
itself, retire from mere objectivity to the internal forum. 
This forum is that of Conscience. Here all externalities 
are reflected and transformed into ideal principles of right 
and wrong as regards all human actions. This phase Hegel 
calls that of 



36 EXPOSITION. 

Morality {Moral it di^ or Abstract Duty, 

In this sphere we have to do vrith man as a subjective 
being rather than a merely formal "person." Here person- 
ality becomes inwardly reflected, exists for itself, and thus 
of infinite worth. Here "person" becomes more personal 
— becomes a "j//^>r/'," who is absolutely beyond any power, 
which may commit violence against his objectified will 
and person. Here, within, the will is absolutely its own 
lord and master. The stand-p)oint now is the right of the 
subjective vrill. At first, however, this merely subjective 
will is abstract, formal and limited. Hegel shows the pro- 
cess from the most abstract form of this subjectivity 
through the phases of (a) purpose and responsibility^ (b) 
intention and welfare to (r) the good and conscience^ where 
abstract right is translated into duty and virtue or good-will. 

First, it is held that responsibility is only commensurate 
with knowledge. Next, the quality of the will depends upon 
the "intention" and its objective results, which are never 
restricted to particular selfish ends. They must (thirdly) be 
judged according to their universal worth. Hence "the 
good" as the reconciliation of the jjarticular subjective ¥dll 
with the universal will, or with the rational. 

The ideal here, in this third phase, is that of duty for 
duty's sake. The duty, however, is yet abstract. No conh 
tent can be furnished by itself. The universal element is 
merely formal, unspecified as to content, giving no answer 
as to what one's duty is in any situation, except the grand- 
iloquent one of "do right though the heavens fall." An 
objective system of principles and duties, and the union of 
the subjective knowledge with them, is plainly impK>ssible 
on this standpoint. 

Hegel, here and elsewhere, makes, as we have said, 
trenchant criticism of Kant's doctrine of duty. Thfa 
formal law divorces duty from all interest or desire — a 
psychological impossibility. It takes no cognizance of 



I- 



EXPOSITION, 37 

the concrete situation and can suggest no present duty. 
It cannot discriminate between particular actions so as 
to call one of them a duty. Finally, it must equally uni- 
versalize all particular actions, and thus bring about con- 
fusion and collisions. Only in view of the institution 
of property in the State can it say, "Thou shalt not 
steal." In the abstract form of Kant it must equally say, 
"Thou shalt steal." That is, if we abstract all social rela- 
tions, which ex hypothesi Kant does, we can universalize any 
particular rule without contradiction. In the realm of the 
concrete morality of social life, however, we cannot do this. 
What will be the result of such an abstract subjective con- 
ception of duty ? Plainly the individual must become the 
law-giver and the judge of what is ab§ftjjjte ^ofldr*-*Ji^-must 
L trust to his own p riv i iW jvfl[7"^^*Tt T-'t^^^M ^ t^i^ Tv^^ ^;r^i;o, ii r^ f 
existing codes of soc iety. He must give a purely subjective 
individual determination of the content of the lofty but 
formal universal. The individual becomes the measure of 
the moral quality of objective actions. There is no public 
source and standard for the guidance of private judgment. 
Hegel does not neglect the important function of the duty 
of private judgment, but is here only showing its capricious- 
ness when taken out of the concrete relations of an ethical 
world. Antinomianism is a logical and historical outcome 
of such abstract private judgment, which runs riot and plays 
the tyrant for lack of an objective concrete social system of 
duties. It is the making of self a statesman to represent a 
concrete state that ex hypothesi does not yet exist. The 
eccentric is made the normal, the crooked the straight. 
This elevation of the capricious individual subjective judg- 
ment to be the measure and definition of the universal finally 
results in the einl, "The highest summit of subjectivity 
asserting itself as the absolute is the bad" {das Bose.) 
It is at this abstract standpoint of the natural (unethicized) 
will that he finds the origin of moral evil. 



/ 



38 EXPOSITION, 

While thus criticising this standpoint, Hegel does not 
fail to render homage to Kant for having brought out 
the significance of duty. But he shows how this standing 
upon one's own subjective insight and will eventuates 
in the morally evil — in that which, being private and 
particular, asserts itself as the universal — the sin of the 
creature Satan usurping the throne of God. Here enters 
antinomianism in all its forms. One's own likings are 
liable to become the norm of conduct. A clergyman 
urging a man to do a certain duty was met with the reply, 
"My conscience forbids me to do it." In reply as to 
how his conscience told him this he said, that he felt some- 
thing thumping in his breast saying "/ won't^ I won'ty 
Such a merely subjective norm dissolves all fixed and de- 
finite laws of order and right. 

Hegel says that he is not here treating of the religious 
conscience, and also allows that in certain rotten stages 
of society, as nn the times of Socrates and the Stoics, this 
concept of private judgment has its place and worth in the 
work of reformation. But the subjective conscience which 
dissolves all external forms of duty and retires within to 
its own little Sinai is likely to make it a Mount Moriah, 
for the sacrifice of the tenderest of human ties. 

If subjective conviction, unenlightened by traditional and 
current codes and institutions, insists upon its private views 
as absolute, we have the destruction of all morality. The 
highest summit of evil is extreme subjectivity asserting itself 
as the absolute, the good — God, changing good into evil 
and calling it good. Here delusion has equal right with 
sound sense, and reason no longer has any right. 

Hence we see that conscience at this stage cannot be true 

or good conscience. This abstraction in turn demands as 

its correlate that which it was called out to correct, — /. ^., 

abstract personal right. In fact, these two abstractions must 

be integrated mto the concrete ethical substance from which 



EXPOSITION, 39 

they have really been abstracted. We are only advancing, 
prodigal-like, to the real home of morality, from which we 
have violently torn ourselves away. We thus reach the 
ethical (sittliche) world. 

III. In this world of ethical {sittliche) relations of the 
family, civil society, the state, and humanity, the idea of 
freedom is realized as a " living good that is powerful enough 
to actualize itself" (§ 142). Here abstract rights become 
ethical and authorized rights, and abstract duty becomes 
specific and full of content. Private judgment becomes 
relatively universalized, and the lofty, cold, and colorless 
imperative becomes relatively incarnated in the hearts of a 
brotherhood of men. 

In his rhanomenologie des Geistes Hegel traces with a larger 
and freer hand the dialectic of previous stages, under the 
rubrics of "self-consciousness" and "reason," and uses 
that of ** spirit " to designate what he, in the Philosophic des 
Geistes^ calls realized morality (Sittlichkeit), He there uses 
the term "spirit" as equivalent to the corporate, social 
"self-consciousness" and "reason," which has had the 
power to create the ethical world, into various grades of 
which each individual is born, and through which he takes 
form and content in the work of self-realization, or of 
becoming a " person " in the truer sense of the term. 
The laws of this world are his own laws. He must 
fulfil them to realize himself. He finds them existing 
for him, as the reason and law of his own specific nature as 
man. 

In fact, man is by nature a social animal. He is only 
real as he is social. To be himself he must be more 
than his own abstract self ; to live his own life he must live 
the life of the body corporate. On one hand, these laws of 
society appear with even more authority than the laws of 
nature. On the other hand, they are not foreign to him, 
but yield to him the testimony of the spirit that they are 



I 



40 EXPOSITION, 

his own} In accepting them he is not doing despite 
to his own individuality, but is accepting the essential 
conditions of its preservation and development. The 
individuality of a man who, from infancy, should sever all 
relations to his fellow-men and grow up ** naturally " would 
be an idiot, — even lower than the animals with which he 
might consort. 

Society is really creative of individuality. The en- 
lightenment and regulation of the subjective conscience 
by the laws and duties of one's station clothes its 
nakedness with the garments of truth and beauty. The 
largest altruism demanded by them is, essentially, the 
largest possible egoism. Through it the individual elevates 
himself from capricious lawlessness into substantial freedom 
and personality. Living for others is the highest form of 
living for self. 

Hegel also uses the term substance to characterize the 
ethical tissue into which man is born. The moral dis- 
position of the individual consists in his recognition of this 
substance as his own.^ 

Virtue he defines as ethical personality {sittliche Person- 
iichkeit), or the life of the individual permeated and trans- 
' formed by the ethical substance. Here duties and rights 
first exist, and that only through reciprocal relation. Here 
the natural man is gradually converted into the ethical man. 
This ethical substance is an immanent and determining 
principle of action which permeates and transforms the 
natural man, — acts as a moulding power through the 
family, and the social, civil, religious, educational, and 
political organizations. These various institutions of society 
are the realized objective form of the ethical substance, in 
the fruition of its own being.' 

^ Philopphie des Rechts^ §§ 146, 147. 
^ Philosophie des Geistes^ % ^^S* 

• Professor F. H. Bradley has, I believe, given a thoroughly unique 
exposition of HegeVs dialectic through these phases of morality, in his 



EXPOSITION, 41 

Hegel notes three phases of this ethical world, — 

(i) The family as the primitive form of this ethical spirit. 

(2) Civil society, which results from the separation of the 
members of families and their being reunited again in more 
external form for the security of person and property, in a 
realm of merely formal universality. 

(3) The State, or the invisible spirit of the nation, developed 
to an organic reality in the hearts and customs and genius 
of its people. 

I. The i ndividual fjxst jomes to /itmself in the family, 
whose active principle is love, which transcends and includes 
its members in its unity. The family is the first or instinc- 
tive realization of the ethical spirit. It exists not by con- 
tract but by the grace of God. The union of love and trust 
in this circle forms its organizing and controlling principle, 
so that in it the individual members find a measurable fulfil- 
ment of their own capacities. The family, too, is a process 
involving, — 

(a) Marriage ; 

(J?) Family property ; 

(c) The education of children to maturity, and the separa- 
tion of its members. 

{a) Marriage is a transformed physical union of male and 
female. The animal phase is transfigured by love into a 
spiritual one. Marriage implies the free consent of the two 
persons to constitute henceforth one person, to submit to 
limitations in order to gain fuller self-realization. The hus- 
band is more of a man than the bachelor. Hence it is an 
ethical duty of mankind to enter into and maintain the mar- 
riage relation. The marriage bond is essentially a spiritual 
relation, in which individuals subjugate their private aims 

Ethical Studies^ which, however, is unfortunately of avail only to the 
few who happen to possess a copy of this " out of print " book. Many 
would gladly buy, borrow, or even steal this desirable volume. I never 
succeeded in more than stealing a hasty reading of it. It ought to be 
reprinted. 



42 EXPOSITION, 

« 

and wishes to the law of, at least, a dual life, love, and good. 
] Hence marriage, too, is more than a contract. For contract 
/ implies that the parties still retain their external independ- 
j ence. Hegel says that Kant's subsumption of marriage 
under contract "is scandalous." Marriage is rather the 
contract of a man and woman to pass, as husband and wife, 
out of and above the sphere of contract. In marriage the 
twain are to become one flesh, one heart, one mind, one 
person. Hence the marriage ceremony should be one of 
social and religious celebration. The cold formalism of 
mere civil (Contract before a justice of the peace is utterly 
inadequate to manifest and declare such a spiritual relation. 
Marriage is of both ethical and intellectual influence upon 
the parties. They have larger views of life and a common 
good as their aim. Marriage, too, is essentially monogamic. 
This is one of the absolute principles on which the ethical 
character of a social state rests. Marriage between blood- 
relations is also unethical. The family, as a single person- 
.' ality, has its external reality in its family property. 

if) It is of the essence of family property that it be com- 
mon property. This gives property an ethical value which 
we could not find for it under the category of " abstract 
right." The thought of a common good animates all in 
the acquisition and maintenance of family possessions, thus 
relatively overcoming the "miserable aims that end with self." 
{c) The education of children to maturity. 
Children complete the family circle. In and through 
them the unity of married love comes to external manifesta- 
tion. In loving the offspring of their love, the parents love 
each other anew. The rights and duties of parents and 
children spring out of the common good of the family. Con- 
fidence and obedience are educed in the children, that they 
may grow up in love in the family ethos. The slave-like 
relation of children to parents among the Romans was of 
the most disastrous influence. The modern world recognizes 



EXPOSITION, 43 

that children are, potentially, free spiritual beings, whom the 
family is to train for citizenship in a larger ethical sphere. 
Families multiply, parents die, and children grow up, and 
we have a multitude of separate persons again, though of 
more concrete and ethical content than under the category 
of "abstract right." Here the elements of individualism 
and independence appear again, in higher form, with differ- 
ing and conflicting interests. The first phase of a return to 
a higher ethical unity is in the form of 

2. Civil society, or the realm of armed peace among now 
semi-tutored Ishmaelites, bound together, through their 
wants, by contract, for defence against each other. Hegel 
declines to name this other tha n "the sta te on it«; pxt^ ^f-n g l 
side," or government. In this realm of " particularity," or, 
as he elsewhere calls it, " system of atomism of self-interest," ^ 
each private atomistic person makes himself an end and 
uses ever)rthing else as a means. Law, the abstract univer- 
sal element, is here only a mechanical means to prevent 
internecine warfare. It is a task-master to be eluded by 
every means, and yet serves the pedagogic purpose of dis- 
ciplining caprice into formal unity. Absolute individualism 
would be civil anarchy. The individual must contract to 
limit himself by some outward form of universality, in order 
to exist. Through this he learns that his own good can 
only come through the good of all, and comes to recognize 
that the concrete state is the good and true for him on 
earth, without the immanent life of which in civil society 
government could not exist. But to reach this recognition 
of a common corporate good as each one's own good, civil 
society passes through three phases. 

{a) The system of wants, including labor, wealth, and 
classes of society. 

(J>) The administration of justice, including legal rights, 
public laws, and courts of justice. 

1 Philosophie des Geistes^ § 523. 



/ 



44 EXPOSITION. 

(c) The sphere of police regulation, in its broadest sense, 
and that of incorporated companies under legal sanction. 

Hegel gives an elaborate treatment of these phases, con- 
timKHisly demonstrating that each one presupposes and 
actually rests xtpon the larger ethical organization of man 
in the Nation, or the spiritnal State. Through the mainte- 
nance of the sanctity of marriage, and of honor in corpora- 
tions, civil society passes over into the Nation, in which 
all the previous abstract phases are taken up as organic 
elements. 

3. The Nation or the invisible State. 

Hegel's lofty and profound conception of the State, as 
the highest realization of the will in its substantial freedom, 
is, happily, too well known to need lengthy exposition. Dr. 
Mulford thoroughly assimilated, appreciated, and American- 
ized this conception of " The Nation " as " a moral organ- 
ism" and "a moral personality," rooted in human nature, 
which is rooted in the Divine nature, and of Divine origin 
and sanction; the sphere for the " institution " and the " real- 
ization of rights and of freedom"; "sovereign" and repre- 
sentative of the individual, the family, society, civil rights, 
and the commonwealth; immanent in and vitalizing all these 
spheres; "a temple whose building is of living stones," a 
body, in and through which alone individuals can get the 
form and content of personality; "the work of God in his- 
tory, realizing the moral order of the world"; "fulfilling 
humanity in God " ; " the beginning and the goal of history " ; 
"having an immortal life," and "its consummation in the 

/erfected kingdom of the Christ." 
With Hegel, the State is the ethical concept, actualized in 
progressively more adequate form, the moral life of humanity 
throbbing through and integrating all the activity of its 
individuals. 

"The State is the self-conscious ethical (sittliche) sub- 
stance, the union of the principle of the family and of civil 



EXPOSITION, 45 

society. In the family tbis principle exists as the feeling 
of love. This immediate^ but essential principle, however, 
receives the form of self-conscious universality through the 
second principle, which contains the elements of knowledge 
and will, or thinking will. Thus the State appears, having 
for its content and absolute aim intelligent subjectivity, 
developed into rationality." ^ The State is the actuality of 
the substantial will, the vital union of the particular interest 
of its members with the relatively universal aims of man 
as man. 

Neither the family nor civil society is commensurate with 
such realization of individuals, though in both of these 
spheres a beginning is made from single to universal aims. 
This larger — the largest earthly — sphere takes up and fuL^ 
fils all narrower ones. The State is universal or public A 
reason, existing unreflectingly in the genius or spirit of its > 
people, and objectively in its customs and institutions. / 

Membership in this moral organism is the highest duty. 
It is the ethical substance in which alone one can be him- 
self. All that he says about the State can be questioned 
only by confounding it, as many modern theorists do, with 
" civil society " as the mechanical expedient for the security 
of private rights and liberty. Herbert Spencer's conception 
is, essentially, only a more developed form of that of The 
Leviathan of Hobbes. Rousseau's volontk generale also 
lacked corporate sovereignty, because it represented only 
an abstraction and contract of particular wills, as a means. 

The corporate will, however, is the primal essential 
element in Hegel's conception of the State. It is the true 
end of man on earth, an end that realizes itself in and 
through its self-conscious members. The concept of the 
State is itself a process, having {a) immediate actuality in 
the particular state, — an independent organism, with its 
own constitution or internal polity (Staatsrecht) ; passing 

^ Philosophie des Geistes^ % ^^y 



46 EXPOSITIOX. 

(fi) into the relation of one State to other States, — external 
polity ; and finally (c) appearing as the universal or generic 
concept, as lord over particular States. It is thus the fullest 
earthly manifestation of man as spirit, actualizing itself in 
the process of universal histor}'. 

{a) Internal polity. 

The State, as actualized concrete freedom, not only per- 
mits, but creates and contains, as vital members, individual 
personalities. *"The prodigious strength and depth of 
modern States springs from their giving the principle of 
subjectivity, or private personality, the most extreme and 
independent development, while at the same time reducing 
this element into substantial unity with, and making it a 
means for, the realization of their own generic end." 

The principle of the worth of the individual, he says, 
"marks the turning-point in the distinction of modern and 
ancient times. Christianity first emphasized this principle 
and made it the vital principle of a new form of the world." 
Hence he must never be understood as slighting this element 
in his larger doctrine of the State, though this appears to 
approach very nearly the ancient doctrine, which swamped 
the individual in the State. It is only the inane perversion 
of this Christian principle of subjectivity that he criticises. 

Though the State may appear as an external power, it is 
really but the rational expression of the corporate will of 
individuals. In the State, rights and duties are in reciprocal 
relation. " This union of duty and right is one of the most 
important notes of the State and the inner ground of its 
strength. The individual in accomplishing his duty finds 
self-satisfaction. From his relation to the State there springs 
a right, so that the public affair becomes his own affair." 
Through the disposition and lBo% of its people, mere govern- 
ment is changed to ethical and substantial self-government, 
and is thus the actualization of concrete freedom. The 
universal element in the laws and institution of the State 



EXPOSITION, 47 

are simply the reflexive expression of the ethical spirit of 
its people. " They are the reason of the Nation, developed 
and actualized in particular forms, and thus the steadfast 
basis of the State and of the genial confidence of its citizens." 

" The guarantee of a constitution — /. e, the necessity that 
the laws be reasonable and their realization secured — lies 
in the spirit of the people as a whole, — that is, in their 
definite self-consciousness of its reason (religion being this 
consciousness in its absolute substantiality), and also in the 
real organization, conformable to it as a development of that 
principle. The constitution presupposes this consciousness 
of the national spirit, as this spirit presupposes the constitu- 
tion. For the actual spirit has the definite consciousness of 
its principles only so far as they are present to it as exist- 
ing '' {Philosophie des Geistes, § 540). The people make their 
own constitution. 

But religion forms a most important factor in the spirit of 
a people. Hegel says frankly th at reli gion is the foundation^ 
of the State, which " is the Divine will unfolding itself in the 
actual organization of a people." Religion has the absolute 
truth for its content, creating the most powerful and lofty 
temper of a people, and thus affording the highest approba- 
tion and sovereignty to the laws of the State. But when 
religion degenerates into fanaticism, and tries to make the 
State a church-state, it needs to be curbed. Thus church \ 
organizations, like other societies, are subordinate to the I 
State. Still, the religious sentiment of a people is so con- ( 
trolling, that it is only " a folly of modern times to alter a A 
system of corrupt morality and laws without a change mj 
religion, to attempt a political resolution without a religious 
reformation r 

The religious faith should be left free, because the 
sphere of religion is higher than that of politics. Its 
peculiar task is the fostering of lofty ideals and the 
cultivation of the conscience. But when religion takes the 



48 EXPOSITION, 

form of separate organizations within the State, dissenting 
from its social and ethical regulations, it must be subordi- 
nated to the ethical supervision of the State. These cannot 
be permitted to foster opinions absolutely alien, or opposed 
to, the constitution, as expressing the corporate genius of its 
people, or to treat the State as a soulless. Godless mechanism, 
instead of an ethical expression of the freedom of Gods 
children. 

Modern States base their constitutions on the principle 
of freedom. Want of freedom in religion, or an unethical 
conception of God, will be found hostile to such constitu- 
tions. Hence Hegel gave the political preference to 
Protestantism, because it inculcates that freedom of thought 
and of conscience which harmonizes with the principle of 
free political life. 

Hegel was accused of deifying the State, because he saw 
in it more than a police mechanism, a military bureaucracy, 
tyrannizing its citizens. He saw in it the life of the spirit'N 
of its people, realizing its destiny with vital freedom. He I 
did not make it absolute, as he recognized no finality in any / 
secular institutions, and proclaimed the spheres of art, \ 
religion, and science (in its broadest sense) as higher than 1 
that of politics, for the free cultivation of which the State / 
should be most solicitous. 

He held that the possession of a religious disposition 
by its people was most essential to the welfare of a State, 
springing from and exalting them, as it does, into direct 
relation with God. The real substance of morality and 
the State is religion. They rest upon the religious dis- 
position of its people. It is fatal to both jeligi^n^^^id 

the State to foster two kinds of conscience.._,Th e Sta te 
Hm5t.-*ee....-tO" it -that religion is fostered. The Divine 
Spirit must immanently Dej:meat£_.the whole sphere qLJ> 
the secular, " Principles of lawful freedom can only be 
abstract and superficial, and the State institutions derived 



EXPOSITION. 49 

from them must of themselves be untenable if the wisdom 
which gave birth to those principles understands religion so 
poorly as not to recognize that they have their final and 
highest guarantee in the religious consciousness." 

Hegel thus would have the customary, the current habits, 
laws and institutions of a State, vitalized and conserved by 
the moral and religious disposition of its people. To recur 
again ^ to the significance of his term ethical (sitt/ich\ we 
may reaffirm that it means far more than the mere observ- 
ance of conventional customs. It is rather the vital union 
of c^os and iraOo^, The pathos, as active emotion, has 
externalized itself in customs and institutions, but does not 
therefore cease to act. It continues to be the active element 
in the observance of its own customs. This ethical world 
includes the national manners, customs, laws, and institu- 
tions in which the freedom and rationality of the communal 
spirit has embodied itself. Family, state, school, churclD 
social, scientific, and literary circles are all manifestations^ 
of this free spirit of man in its struggle for self-realization. I 
They are the forms of substantial freedom which exist, in I 
some degree, in the lowest form of society. They are con- J 
ventionally recognized forms of "the good," which alone 
enable one to specify the categorical imperative. They are 
more : they are the self-specifications of the communal 
spirit seeking to be good, — the outcome of the Moralitdt 
of the social soul, — the good or moral manners springing 
from its relative rationality and freedom. Conscience has 
had some might, and has, to some extent, formed and ruled 
the ethical world. It has had might enough to form deca- 
logues in all the circles of social activity. The community 
has an insight or conviction, and organizes it into a law or 
an institution, and thus makes its free spirit substantial. 
The ethical v/ill of any people is thus relatively self-realized. 
It thus enacts itself and specifies what its ** common good " 

1 Cf, pp. 11-13. 



50 EXPOSITION, 

consists in. The individual, asking what good he must do, 
finds here his first definite answer. He is not put to the 
impossible task of framing a morality for himself, but is born 
into the obligation of entering into, sustaining, and further- 
ing the moral world into which he is born as a member. His 
private judgment must thus be based upon a public source 
and standard. Hence Hegel says, ** The striving for a mo- 
rality of one's own is futile, and by its very nature impossible 
of attainment ; in regard to morality, the saying of the wisest 
man of antiquity is the only true one, — to be moral is to live 
in accordance with the moral traditions of one's country." ^ 
The Indian of any tribe is a more moral man for being a 
loyal tribal man than he would be if he ignored all tribal 
and domestic relations. No absolutely bad {sittenlos) man 
can exist. Such isolation would be instantaneous suicide. 
Homer thus ridiculed the idea of such a being or thing : 

" No tribe, nor state, nor home hath he." 

Even the babe in his cradle and Simon on his pillar and 
Crusoe on his island have their substantial worth through 
past or present relation to a social tissue. No one, any 
more than Hamlet, creates his own duties. Every one is 
born into an objective, ethical world. His only task is to 
realize himself by fulfilling these objective duties of his 
station. But does this not land us in a Chinese state of 
immobile conservatism? Does this not imply that the cus- 
tomary is the ultimate, that the existing status of our ethical 
circle is identical with the ideal, or the "is" with the 
"ought to be".'^ Certainly this is not the doctrine of 
Hegel as to the progressive consciousness and realization 
of freedom. Loyalty to conventional morality is only a 
prerequisite to reflective conscientiousness, which asks and 
strives after better forms of social self-realization. Hegel 
recognizes no finality in temporal institutions. He sets or 

1 Hegel's Werkey vol. i. p. 40a 



EXPOSITION. 5 1 

sees the negative dialectic always and everywhere at work 
criticising, overturning, and reforming the ethical world in 
its progress into the absolute spirit, — the realm of art, 
religion, and philosophy, in which alone complete self-reali- 
zation is possible to the human spirit. Here Hegel's doc- 
trine of the development of "the moral Ideal" is in place. 
This has been thoroughly worked out for the individual in 
Green's Prolegomena to Ethics^ and for the race in Hegel's 
Philosophy of History, For the individual, in the lowest 
stage of his social (and actual) life, there is a common good 
already realized, into whose inheritance he enters. Loyalty 
to this fosters conscientiousness which leads to reform. 
Progress, while an advance upon the customary morality, 
is not a product of 'mere private conscience, but is the out- 
growth of the ideal embodied in the conventional forms, 
which come to be more and more fulfilled in higher forms 
and richer content. 

Finality means sterility in morals as well as in all other 
spheres. Hegel gives ample recognition of this element 
of conscientiousness, or the principle of subjective free- 
dom, announced first by Socrates and given its infinite 
worth by Christ, so as to be really creative of the modern 
ethical world in distinction from that of the ancient, which 
mechanically subjugated th'e individual to the tyranny of 
his social environment. His ethical world absorbs and 
demands the constant activity of this element of consci- 
entiousness, as the necessary dynamic in the progress of 
social man into the consciousness and realization of free- 
dom. In the course of its activity it passes through many 
phases, rational and irrational. He shows the course of its 
own dialectic in his Phdnomenologie des Geistes^ of which Dr. 
Harris has given an excellent expository resume in his 
HegePs Logic, 

Any single State, however, like an isolated man, is imper- 
fect and incomplete. Its realization demands neighborlY^ 



52 ExrosiTiox, 

social relations with and recognition by other States. In- 
ternational comity is a high ethical form, but is always 
limited by the national spirit of the various States. The 
will of man is not fully realized in any one State or federa- 
tion of States. Hence we must turn to Universal History, 
to see the fullest and most specialized forms of its develop- 
ment. The world-spirit, as the most concrete expression of 
universal human will, comes to view through the dialectic 
of the various national spirits in Universal History. This 
world-spirit appears in the world-history as the judgment of 
the world — the verdict of this spirit upon the validity of 
what is contributed by each nation. 

In his Philosophy of History^ he shows how the successive 
ethical institutions and ideals are developed for man uni- 
versal through nations as individuals. In the progress of 
man into the consciousness and realization of substantial 
freedom, the drama of self-education under divine teaching 
proceeds by fixed steps. The Oriental nations knew thatN 
one — the despot — was free. In Greece and Rome indi- I 
vidualities are developed, and some become conscious of / 
their freedom. Finally, with the Germanic world, under the 
inspiration of a reformed Christianity, maturity is reached, > 
and it is known that ^//men (man as man) are free. Through-^ 
out this drama of history there is, however, the guiding 
hand of Providence. Nations may fret and toil and advance, 
rise, ripen, and rot, but the drama continues its teleological 
progress towards the attainment of the spiritual freedom of 
man in conscious God-son ship, because of the immanent 
Providence who always rules and transcends all the acts of 
the drama. Hegel sees one increasing purpose run through 
the ages because he sees God in history. Man proposes 
and God disposes, making even the wrath of man to praise 
him. His guidance is not arbitrary or artificial, but remains 
the unchanging condition of all human endeavor at self- 
realization. 



EXPOSITION, 53 

The visible result, the progressive realization of freedom 
by man, affords the " true theodicy, the justification of God 
in history." Such is the triumphant conclusion of his 
Philosophy of History, 

And this affords us an answer to a question that forces 
itself upon us in studying Hegel's ethics. Does he carry 
ethics up into the sphere of absolute spirit as he does art, 
religion, and philosophy; or does he leave them below in 
the objective world? Are they merely "secular ethics," 
or does he give a metaphysic of ethics which enswathes, 
permeates, and elevates them to the sphere of absolute 
spirit? We answer no and yes. 

No ! He did not formally treat of the science of absolute 
ethics (Sittlichkcit), He did not formally develop the science 
of the metaphysic of ethics. He did not formally carry it 
over into the realm of absolute spirit along with art, religion, 
and philosophy. But neither did he ever proclaim any form of 
ethical life as ultimate. No State ever exhausted the ethical 
capacity of man. Universal history, too, is seen to be an 
ever-tending and never-ending process towards the perfection 
of man. To know and to be himself, is the constant endea- 
vor of man that Hegel traces in his Philosophy of History, 
But note that it is never man apart from God, that makesN 
any progress. The all-animating cause of progress is the I 
immanent divine spirit, and every step forward is really pos- 7 
sible only through this Divine metaphysic of the all knowing I 
and doing. / 

Yes / Hegel throughout all his works is laboring to bring 
this Divine metaphysics to men's conscious recognition, 
in which alone, he maintains, can men and States find their 
proper realization. 

In speaking of the Idcaliidt (the state of being reduced 
from independence to a factor or member) of ethics he says : ^ 
" Idealitdt, as such, must receive a pure absolute form, which 

^ Hegel's Wcrkty Band T., 400. 



54 EXPOSITION, 

is to be intuited and reverenced as the God of the Nation. 
This, too, can only have its joyous activity in a cult or form 
of worship." Again, in speaking of the limits of ethicaiity, 
he says : ^ "It cannot flee for its fulfilment to the formless- 
ness of cosmopolitanism, nor to the emptiness of the rights 
of humanity or of a republic of nations. The richest and 
most free individuality is only possible in relation to the 
Absolute Ideay 

In his Philosophie des Geistes^ in speaking of this ele- 
vation of the moralized consciousness to the knowledge 
of God, he says that Kant's starting-point at least is most 
correct in so far as he considers faith in God as proceeding 
from the Practical Reason, as the true nature of God is 
active, working reason, /. ^., the self-determining and realizing 
concept itself — Freedom. . . . True religion and true re- 
ligiosity proceed from ethicality. Through this alone is the 

/ Idea of God known as Free Spirit. It is vain to seek for 

V true religion outside of ethicality." 
\ It is needless to multiply quotations, for the latter part 
of Hegel's Encyclopedia treats of this relation to the Absolute 
Spirit under the rubrics of the Beautiful, the Good and the 
True, each of which he afterwards elaborated in separate 
treatises. God is the alpha and the omega of all human 
knowledge and experience. Ethics is the course of the 
realization of the potentially universal will of man. Real- 
ized to the fullest extent in secular relations, it still strives 
after its infinite ideal. No community or State affords its 
adequate realization. It runs up into the ideal humanity 
in God. The State as " the terrestrial God " and the World- 
Spirit are not yet the Spirit of the Universe, not^yet God. 
The perpetual struggle of morality merges into the religion 
of at-one-ment with God. Here the process of self-realiza- 
tion is perfect through faith. Religion is essentially ethical 
— a self-realization of the infinite self. Reference may here 

1 IlegePs Werkct Band I., 422. 2 § ^^2. 



EXPOSITION, 55 

be made to Principal Caird's chapter on "The Religious 
Life," ^ where he elaborates in a most beautiful way HegeFs 
profound conception as to the relation of morality and 
religion. 
|(^ In his Phdnomenologiey Hegel makes the transition from 
ethics to religion through the act of the forgiveness of the 
wicked. This negation of a negation is the mind's majestic 
act in ascending from the sphere of the finite and relative 
to its native home with Absolute Spirit. This is the sphere 
of religion, where all the discords and failures of the 
ethical sphere are transcended and transmuted by the spirit's 
union with God. Thus the ethical consciousness rests upon 
and is possible only through its relation of dependence upon 
religion as its own higher form. 

Ethical man, in his most comprehensive and ripest earthly 
relations, is not a little god by himself. Self-realization is 
impossible even in the widest ethical {sittliche) institutions. 
Personality can only approximate realization in conscious 
relation with the Absolute Personality. Thus ethics, as the 
science of man, reaches its highest form in Christian ethics, 
— that is, in that form and spirit of life congruous with the 
Christian conception of man. " The measure of the stature 
of the fulness of Christ " is the norm of man' s self-realiza- 
tion. The Christian "secularization of morals" means the 
realization of the kingdom of God on earth. Any lower 
view really dehumanizes man in abstracting him from all 
that is most essential and substantial. The new birth into 
Christ and his kingdom is the absolutely essential condi- 
tion of a normal ethical life on earth. To live aright one 
must love aright, for what one loves he lives. Hence 
Christian love is the all-comprehensive activity, which 
is the condition of ethical life in the individual and 
society. 

1 An Introduction to the rhilosophy of Religion, by John Caird, 
D.D., chap. IX. 



56 EXPOSITION. 

In all ethical {sittliche) spheres man is relatively realizing 
himself under the " disposing " of God, however he himself 
may "propose." Thus we see Hegel finding a relative self- 
realization of man in the family, which is organic to a larger 
life in society. In the State the same process goes on, and 
transition is made to the larger life of self-realization in 
"universal history." 

But universal history again is seen to manifest the inade- 
quateness of attainment, and becomes organic to the perfect 
consummation of man in the discovery and adoption of the 
revealed will of God as the absolute standard of an ethical 
life, so that man becomes consciously a child of God and 
a co-worker with him. This insight attained, the process 
begins of living anew and aright in all the established ethical 
institutions, of imbuing the secular with the divine, of secu- 
larizing the divine, of the maintenance of the kingdom of 
God on earth through domestic, social, civil, political, and 
religious institutions. 

The Christian banner is the final banner of free spirit, 
recognizing its own work in the so-called secular institutions 
which it creates and animates. All these Hegel declares 
to be " nothing else than religion manifesting itself in the 
relations of the actual world." " The Gospel in the Secular 
life" expresses, in brief, HegePs ultimate conception of 
ethics. "The spirit finds the goal of its struggle, and its 
harmonization in that very sphere which it (as mediaeval 
ecclesiasticism) made the object of its resistance ; it finds 
that secular pursuits are a spiritual occupation {Philosophy 
of History y p. 369). 

That which vitalizes and moralizes each one of these 
secular spheres, that which is their constant presupposition 
and life — their metaphysic — is the life of God in the mind 
and heart of social man, guiding, luring, and impelling him on 
to self-realization in the sustaining environment of spiritual, 
substantial freedom, — the republic of God. Thus Hegel 



KEY-WORDS. ' 57 

finds ethics to be not an abstract decalogue falling straight* 
from heaven, but rather a slowly- worked-out process of the 
heavenly in the earthly sphere. It is the kingdom of God 
coming, and His universal will being done on earth as it is 
in heaven. 

IV. 

Key-words, 

German Wdrterbiicher are of very little service in translating 
Hegel. He uses even ordinary terms in an extraordinary 
or technical sense ; but he does this consistently. His 
terms are not only pregnant, but they also have thoroughly 
definite significance, and thus enable him to put his philos- 
ophy in dry scientific form. Hence it demands the sort of 
reading that one would give to Newton's Frincipia or 
Spinoza's Ethica, 

The mastery of these key-words in English will greatly 
facilitate, indeed, is indispensable to the understanding of 
his thought. We therefore give the following list of them 
with the translations which we have quite uniformly followed 
in this volume : 

Abstrakt — Concret, These two terms represent the be- 
ginning and the end of every concept^ institution, or thing 
that Hegel treats of ; that is, he first treats it as abstracted 
from all connexion with environing context. But as viewed, 
it gradually demands and attains all its proper relations. 
It becomes a self-developed and self-developing process, 
assimilating all that it comes into relation with, and thus is 
concrete. 

An sich^ fur sich^ and an und fur sich are, however, much 
more frequently used by Hegel to express somewhat the 
same states or phases of an object, concept, person, or in- 
stitution. Any one of these is an sich when it is still in the 
germ, merely implicit or potential, latent or undeveloped ; 



5& KEY-WORDS. 

not only in germ, but also closed up in itself against all 
vital interconnexion with its context, and thus abstract. It 
becomes fiir sich when its germ is developed, when it be- 
comes explicit and actual. But further it becomes an und 
fiir sich when its individuality has become completely uni- 
versalized, or when its latent universality has been com- 
pletely specified, and its relations to all its context realized 
through its oum self-activity. It is thus the concrete, the 
absolute, the independent, through having absorbed all 
limits into self-characterizing properties. 

Besonderheit (particularity) is an intermediate between 
AUgemeinheit (universality) and Einzelheit (individuality). 
The abstract, potential universal is more and more particu- 
larized, till self-specification is completed in the concrete 
individual. 

Aufheben-setzen, — These two terms express the activity 
in this process from the abstract through the particular 
to the concrete, Setzen is to posit^ particularize, specify, 
explicitly state the ideal elements in the an sich stage and 
thus to raise it to the fiir sich stage. But each one of the 
various specifications is in turn posited as absolute and 
final. Hence there could never be more than one made 
{gesetzi)y posited, without the concomitant, or, rather, the 
following of the activity expressed by the term aufheben. 
This term, as Hegel tells us (Logic, § 96), has the double 
signification of "(i) to destroy or annul; (2) to retain or 
preserve." Thus the Gospel abrogates, annuls the Law and 
yet fulfils it, retains it in transmuted form as an element 
(moment) of itself. 

Moment, — Phase, element, factor of a whole. What has 
been specified as a Besonderheit, as fiir sich is aufgehoben to 
a moment or organic element of a larger unity. Its inde- 
pendence (fiir sich) is destroyed, and yet it is preserved as 
an integral element. Its isolated reality is annulled (aufge- 
hoben) through its being preserved as a dynamic factor in a 



KEY-WORDS. 59 

more concrete unity. The acid and base are atifgehohen in 
the salt Hegel also uses the term Idealitdt as opposed to 
Realitdt to express the same relation. Realiidt is the 
explicit, specified form — the filr sich of Particularitdt, 
This is reduced to its Idealitdt or to being an ideal (Jdeell) 
moment, or dynamic factor. 

Begriff, — I have used the term concept in place of idea, 
or of th'e barbarous term notion, as the best translation of 
Begriff — a gripping together, comprehension, concept {con- 
cipid). This is the key-word to Hegel. He uses it to 
express the concrete reality, the living process of passing 
from the an sich through the filr sich to the an und fiir sich, 
through the successive negations of successively posited 
specifications. It embraces all the processes hitherto 
named. It is at once these processes and the result of 
them. " It is the power of substance in the fruition of its 
own being, and therefore that which is free. It forms a 
systematic whole, in which each of its elementary functions 
is the very total which the concept is, and posited as indis- 
solubly one with it." ^ It is the fully developed unity of all 
previous abstract and partial forms. It is the truth of the 
thing in its utmost active self-realization. Idee (Idea) is 
Hegel's term for the Concept of Concepts, the ultimate, 
infinite, absolute self-activity, God, the process which pro- 
duces Himself eternally. This, however, strictly falls with- 
out the subject matter of the present treatise, except in 
so far as all moral and ethical phases of man have their 
real ground in the Idea, This treatise is concerned with 
the development of the concept of the universal human will 
in secular relations. 

Bestimmung. — There is no other word which, with its 
cognates, occurs so frequently in this treatise. I generally 
translate this word by determination, specification, or char- 
acterization. It is from bcstimmen — to be-voice, to vocalize, 

"^ Logic, § 1 60. 



6o KEY-WORDS, 

to audibly specify, to point out and thus determine or char- 
acterize its object. Bestimmtheit is the resulting definite- 
ness or character. Unbestimmtheit is the state of lacking all 
definite, specific characterization. 

Dasein I have generally translated as determinate beings 
sometimes by definite or positive existence. 

Wirklkhkeit^ actuality. Hegel says (§82) " actuality is 
that which acts, works (u'irkt) and preserves itself in its 
work or other, being realized rather than lost through such 
work." 

Unmittclbar, that which is immediate or unmediated, 
referring to the way a thing presents itself to us directly, 
as " a shot out of a pistol." It corresponds to the an skh 
phase of the concept. The immediate is the undeveloped 
in its relation to us. 

Vermittelt, that which is mediated ; that which is known 
by means of relations and environment. 

Moralitdt-SittUchkeit. — As we have elsewhere given full 
exposition of these terms, we may here give their simple 
translation as morality (subjective) and ethicality (objective). 

Uncndlich. — That is infinite which has only itself for its 
object, that which is reflected back from externalities within 
itself, as a closed and self-sufficient process, — the infinite 
of the circle rather than of the line, the qualitative instead 
of the quantitative infinite. 

The object of Hegers Rechtsphilosophie is the exposition 
of the concept (Begriff) of the 7vill, as thought in the process 
of translating itself into actuality or determinate being, 
its most specified and concrete form. He begins with 
the will as implicit (an sich), immediate (tmmiitelbar), and 
abstract {ahstrakt), following it through all its posited 
{gesctztc) phases (Momenta) of particularity (Besonderheit) 
from undeveloped universality to its complete, concrete, 
and thoroughly mediated (vermitte/t) form of the concept 
(Begriff), by successive determinations (Bestimmungen) and 



KEY-WORDS. 6 1 

forms of determinate being {Dasein), which are as succes- 
sively abrogated and integrated (aufgehoben). These stages 
represent the various imperfect relations of particular will 
to universal will, the aim being to thoroughly particularize 
abstractly universal will, and thus exhibit it in its truth, /. ^., 
in its freedom. 



ABSTRACT 

OF 

HEGEL'S INTRODUCTION. 



In his Preface Hegel says that the object of a Philosophy 
of Right cannot be the discovery of rights and morals, as 
these are already age-old and well known, but only to win 
for them such rational form or system as may justify them 
to the free rational spirit. Philosophy's task is not to create 
but to understand existing reality. He sets aside the preten- 
tions of the so-called rationalistic philosophy for the severer 
labor of showing how 

" The rational is the real, 
And the real the rational." 

The real is the Reason or the Divine mind, the creator of the 
world as its own progressive revelation. Hence the world 
throughout must be fundamentally rational. The Philosophy 
of Right is a comprehension and an exposition of this reality 
at the foundation of, and throbbing through, all forms of 
social and political institutions. Its task is not to go beyond 
these forms and construe an ideal morality and society, but 
to note the phases of rationality in existing forms and thus 
to reconcile us with reality. The rationalism which refuses 
to accept anything which it cannot reduce to the form of 
conceptions of the understanding has well been said to lead 
away from God. But genuine philosophy leads up through 
the immanent God to the transcendent God, whether it traces 
the Divine {The Idea) working in the forms of nature, of 
human thought, or in those of human institutioxvs. 



64 ABSTRACT OF HEGEVS INTRODUCTION. 

In his Introduction he says that such a science has to deal 
with the Idea of Rights, as well as with the Concept of Rights 
and its actualization into objective existence — in other words 
with the soul and body of ethical institutions as animated 
by the Divine Spirit. The soul is to be discovered in its 
own development of the body, being its first entelechy or its 
truth. Montesquieu rightly apprehended the various his- 
torical elements and positive forms of right as organic mem- 
bers of a totality or system (concept). 

The real ground of all rights is the spiritual. The start- 
ing-point is the will that is free. Freedom is the very sub- 
stance and character of will, bringing forth the spiritual 
world on earth. It is the fundamental characteristic of the 
will, just as weight is of matter. 

The will is not a faculty diverse from thought. The will 
is rather a particular form of thought. It is thought trans- 
lating itself into determinate being. The will is free. 
Without freedom \% is an empty word. In its first or 
unmediated phase, the will is only formally free. Abstrac- 
tion is made of the v/ill from all definite form or content 
in order to reach this phase of pure indeterminateness of 
the will, where it can will one thing just as well as another, 
e, g., to destroy as well as to create social and ethical insti- 
tutions. The direct actualization of such formless freedom 
would be the furies of destruction. Another phase is that 
of the indeterminate will passing out into determinations. 
This is the limiting, negating phase of the abstractly infinite 
will of the first phase. But the genuine will is really the 
unity of both these phases. It is self-realized, self-filled. 
This will is thoroughly identical with its content. The will 
wills what it is. It is always and everywhere at home with 
itself — always its own object, everywhere fully developed 
and active. 

The natural man, however, is such will only potentially, as 
the acorn is the oak. It is imbedded in all sorts of desires, 



ABSTRACT OF HEGEVS INTRODUCTION, 65 

inclinations and wants. It appears as caprice and hence as 
irrational. One deems himself free when he can do as he 
likes, satisfy this or that desire or whim at will. But such 
caprice is seen to be suicidal to the whole mass of desires. 
There must be a system of them in which each one shall find 
its appropriate place. This occurs through reflexion, which 
brings forward the idea of happiness^ as the primary form of 
the universal for the will. Still this is but a particular form, 
inadequate to the concept of the will. It is purified through 
the more universal, though the abstract conception of dtity^ 
and then returns to the concrete world to find itself in all its 
activity with both of these elements of happiness and duty. 

Here we reach the most concrete form of the will that is 
free. It is self-characterizing in all its activity. It is think- 
ing intelligence actualizing itself, recognizing as virtually its 
own deed the deeds of corporate humanity and so being self- 
determined even in its strictest obedience to current customs 
and authorities. In all his content the thinking man finds 
only his own substance. Such a rational, free will Hegel 
declares to be infinite and absolute^ because it is always its 
own object, which is thus never an external limit. Chains 
of his prison house are his own chains. The self is con- 
scious of itself as a whole system. Its consciousness of 
itself is a closed circle. It is everywhere reflected back 
upon itself instead of going further and further into the un- 
known. The will is thus truly infinite, as any circle may be 
said to be infinite, which cannot be said of any straight line, 
however far it be produced. Such a will willing only itself 
is thus infinite. 

But even this true form of the will is primarily abstract 
and pa^es through various stadia. These various forms of 
self-determination in this activity of the will are what we 
term rights. Rights are something holy because they are the 
self-determinations of rational freedom. Every stage of the 
development of the free will has its cones^OTv^vwi, tv^c^'s*. 



66 ABSTRACT OF IIEGEVS INTRODUCTION'. 

Collisions can come only when these rights are all placed 
upon an equality, no allowance being made for progressive 
development, and thus for a system of rights in which one is 
higher than another, because belonging to a higher phase of 
the will's activity. Subjective conscience and objective codes 
are each a special form of rights, because each of them is a 
definite form of active, free will. They can come into col- 
lision only because they are both rights. The collision can 
only be solved in the whole system of actualized will. This is 
found in no one person. It is only the world-spirit that is 
universal and whose rights are ultimate, subordinating all 
other forms of right. We shall elsewhere note that even this 
unlimited will, this absolute, " terrestrial god " is not abso- 
lutely ultimate. It is only a relative absolute, the highest 
phase of the actualization of objective spirit, which points 
to and leads into the realm of the absolutely Absolute Spirit, 
into the higher forms of the spirit in the spheres of art, re- 
ligion and philosophy, for its fruition. The Philosophy of 
Right seeks to trace the immanent dialectic of free will as it 
moves through the various forms, from the most abstract to 
the most concrete and ripest form. This dialectic is the 
very life of the spirit and thus something quite different from 
the negative form used by the Sophists and sometimes even 
by Plato. It is not the dialectic of mere subjective thought, 
but the spirit's own activity, organizing itself in definite forms. 
The progress of the dialectic is always from the abstract to 
the more concrete, from the seed, through trunk, branches 
and flower to the fruit-bearing tree. While the historical 
phases of man's progress into freedom afford abundant illus- 
trations, its chronological order does not run pari passu with 
the logical order, which the dialectic or speculative method 
follows. This method alone can give scientific form to con- 
tingent historical phases, because it exhibits each phase as 
the expression of a particular form of the concept of freedom, 
and all as members of the organic Idea of absolute free will. 



ABSTRACT OF HEGEVS INTRODUCTION. 67 

Starting with the most abstract form of the will, which he 
takes as ready to hand, he divides the whole work, as usual, 
into triadic form : 

I. The unmediated form of the will asserting itself as per- 
son in external things — the sphere of abstract or formal 
rights. 

II. The will reflected back from mere external things into 
itself as a closed infinite circle, or subjective individuality 
opposed to will objective in mere things. This gives the 
sphere of Moralitdt^ or of conscience contra mundum, 

III. The will as the unity of these two abstract phases, 
realizing itself at once in both objective and subjective right. 
This is the realm of Sittlichkeii, or the ethical world, as the 
concrete realization of man as will. This includes the sphere 
of (a) the family, (b) the civic community, (c) the State 
in the most concrete sense of the term — the organic 
unity of the individual wills of a whole nation. Ultimately, 
however, it is the federation of nations, or the universal his- 
tory of humanity that gives us the realization of man as will 
in the most cosmopolitan sense of the term. Thus hu- 
manity's rights are the highest kind of rights. 

This division proceeds upon the principle of the Logic^ 
that the first form of anything is the unmediated, hence the 
most abstract and poorest form. It also seeks abundant 
historical illustrations, though a philosophical division of a 
subject follows the immanent dialectic of the ^<f^ rather 
than that of external material. 

" Subjective morality (Mofalitdt) and ethical or objective 
morality {Sittlichkeit) which are ordinarily used as synonyms, 
are here used in essentially diff^erent senses. Kantian writers 
use by preference the term morality {Moralitdf) and the 
practical principle of this philosophy is entirely limited 
to this subjective side, rendering impossible and really 
negating the standpoint of ethics {Sittlichkeif) or objective 
morality. That these two terms have et^TwAo^c.'aJ^^ ^^ 



68 ABSTRACT OF HEGEVS INTRODUCTION. 

same significance does not prevent our using them for 
different conceptions." 

The term "right" throughout this treatise is used in its 
widest sense, embracing subjective and objective morality 
as well as civil and humanitarian rights. 

The first form of right is that of abstract objectivity, /'. ^^ 
property as belonging to a person. The negation of this 
standpoint is that of subjective morality, or the assertion of 
the worth of the subjective self. But this subjective con- 
science demands that it have objective might, as it has 
subjective right. It seeks to have its will done up)on earth. 
But both these phases are abstract and find their truth in 
the standpoint of objective morality (Sittlichkeit), Its first 
form, however, that of the Family, is a natural state in which 
the individual has yielded up his rude personality and finds 
his true self in the larger self of the family. The next 
sphere, that of civii society, however, shows a loss of this 
immediate unity of affection. It is wrong to call this 
sphere the State, as its only bond of unity is that of re- 
ciprocal wants, of independent individuals. In the State 
proper we have the concretest form of objective morality, 
uniting independence and individuality with the universal 
substance. Right in the State is higher than in the family 
or in civil society. It is freedom in its most concrete form 
as realized in the universal history of humanity. 



SBLBCTIONS 



TRANSLATED FROM 



Hegel's Philosophie des Rechts. 



TRANSLATION. 



FIRST PART. 

ABSTRACT RIGHT 

§34. 

The absolutely free will, if we consider it according to its 
abstract concept {Begriff) is in its most undeveloped and 
unreal form — that of mere immediacy. Considered in this 
most imperfect form it is only abstract actuality (/. ^., mere 
potentiality) relating merely to itself and negative in regard 
to all reality. It exists thus in itself as particular will of a 
subject. According to the phase of particularity the will has 
a further content of definite aims. But, as excluding individ- 
uality, it has this content at the same time as an external 
and immediately present world that happens to be before it. 

Supplementary, — When it is said that the absolutely free 
will, as it exists in its merely abstract concept^ is in the form 
of immediacy it must be understood in the following way. 
The fully perfected Idea (Idee) of the will would be the con- 
dition in which the concept would have fully realized itself, 
and in which its determinate being (JDasein) would be 
nothing other than its own development. At first, however, 
the concept is abstract, containing all sorts of definite con- 
tents. But these contents are as yet merely potential and 
undeveloped. If I say " I am free " the "I " which is free, 
is simply this oppositionless potential being, whereas in 
morality there is actual opposition. On the one hand I am 
an individual will, and on the other is the good or the 



i 



72 ABSTRACT RIGHT 

universal even though it be in myself. Thus in morality the 
will already contains the distinctions of individuality and 
universality and is thus rendered definite. But primarily no 
such a distinction is present. For in the first abstract unity 
there is neither progress nor mediation. The will is thus 
simply in the form of immediacy, or of mere being {Seir^. 
The essential insight to be reached here is that this lack of 
determinateness or characterization is itself a sort of deter- 
mination of the will. For it consists in the lack, as yet, of 
any difference between the will and its content. But this, 
being opposed to characterization brings itself to the char- 
acter of being a determined thing. This characterization is 
here simply that of abstract identity. The will becomes 
thereby individual will — the person. 

§36. 

The universality of this for itself free will is merely 
formal relation to its own self. This is indeed a self-conscious 
though contentless relation. The subject is thus far person. 
The conception of personality implies that I as person, 
perfect in every way (in subjective willfulness, instinct, 
desire as well as in respect to my merely external existence) 
am determined and finite, and yet that I am absolute 
relation to myself. Thus I know myself, in finite condi- 
tions, as infinite, universal and free. 

Personality first begins here, in so far as the subject has not 
merely self-consciousness in the sense of conscious relation 
to external things but where he has consciousness of himself 
as perfect though abstract ego^ which negates all concrete 
limitations and validity. Thus there is in personality the 
knowledge of self as object, but as a purely self-identical 
object raised through thought into simple infinitude. Indi- 
viduals and peoples alike lack personality in so far as they 
have not yet attained to this pure thought and knowledge 
of self. , . . 



ABSTRACT RIGHT 73 

Supplementary, — It is the merely abstractly independent 
will that we call person. In one sense it is rightly held that 
the highest destiny of man is that of being person. In spite 
of this, however, we sometimes use this term person in a 
despicable sense. Person, however, is essentially different 
from subject ; for the term subject expresses only the 
potentiality of personality. In this way, we might speak of 
every kind of living beings as subjects. Person,^ however, 
is the subject, for whom subjectivity is consciously a 
possession ; for, as person, I am absolutely for myself. 
Person is the individuality of freedom in pure self-acquired 
being. As such a person, I know myself as free in myself, 
and can abstract myself from every condition and circum- 
stance, as there is naught but pure personality before me ; 
and yet I am, as such, an entirely determined form of being. 
I am so old, so large, in this place, etc. Personality is thus 
at once lofty and lowly. It contains the unity of the finite 
and the infinite, of the boundless and the definitely bounded. 
It is the very loftiness of personality that it can sustain this 
contradiction, which could neither contain nor endure any- 
thing purely natural. 

§36. 

(i) Personality, in general, contains the capacity of rights, 
and constitutes the concept and the abstract foundation of 
merely formal right. Hence, the precept of merely abstract 
right is this : Be a person, and respect others as persons. 

§37. 

(2) Particularity of will is indeed a phase of total con- 
sciousness of will ; but it is not yet explicitly present in 
abstract personality as such. It is present only as different 
from personality, the characteristic of freedom ; it is present 

* Compare with fhls HegePs use of the term " Subject " in the higher 
sense, in § 105. 



74 ABSTRACT RIGHT, 

only as desire, need, instinct, accidental liking, etc. Thus, 
in formal rights, there is no question concerning particular 
interests, — one^s own gains or welfare, nor concerning the 
particular ground or motive of one's will, nor concerning 
insight and intention. 

Supplement. — The element of particularity not yet being 
present in the person in the form of freedom, we have, at 
this stage, no concern with anything relating to it. Where 
the person has no other interests than his formal rights, he 
is likely to make these a matter of caprice, especially if he 
be of narrow mind and heart. It is chiefly the rough, uncul- 
tivated man who stands for his rights, while the magnanimous 
man considers the many different interests involved along 
with his own. Thus, abstract right is at first merely potential, 
and thus quite formal in regard to the whole circle of inter- 
ests involved. Therefore, the legal right affords a warrant, 
which, however, it is not necessary for a cultured man to 
pursue, because it represents only one side of the whole 
context ; for potentiality is the sort of being which has also 
the significance of not being. 

§38. 

In relation to the concrete activity of moral and ethical 
(sittikh) relations, we may say that abstract right is only 
a potentiality, and legal right thus only a permission or 
warrant. The necessity of this sort of right limits itself, 
by reason of its abstractness, to the negative form of pre- 
serving personality and all its results from injury. Hence, 
there are only legal prohibitions. Even the positive form 
of legal injunctions has only prohibition at its basis. 

§39. 

(3) The specific and immediate individuality of the 
person is related to a world of nature, over against which 
the personality of the will stands as something subjective. 



ABSTRACT RIGHT 75 

But the limitation of subjectivity to this personality as 
something universal and infinite, is something quite con- 
tradictory and futile. Personality is itself the activity which 
abrogates this contradiction and gives itself reality, or what 
is the same, posits that world of nature as being its own. 

§40. 

Rights are primarily, the immediate form of determinate 
being which freedom proposes to itself : — 

{a) Possession or Property, Freedom is here that of 
abstract will as such, or of a single individual as a self- 
relating personality. 

{p) The person distinguishing himself from himself, 
relates himself to another person, both having definite 
existence for each other only so far as they both are owners 
of property. There is here an implicit identity which gains 
definite form through the transference of the property of 
one to the other. This involves a common will and the 
maintenance of rights. This is the sphere of Contract. 

(c) The will in relation to itself, rather than as distin- 
guished from another one, contains the relation of particular 
will as opposed to itself as absolute or universal will. This 
is the sphere of Wrong and Crime. 

. . . Here it is evident that the right to things belongs 
only to personality as such. The so-called rights of person 
among the Romans implied a man's having the status of 
being a legal person. Personality was thus only a status as 
opposed to slavery. . . . Hence, such rights were not the 
rights of a person as such. We shall see later on that the 
family relation involves, as its essential condition, rather 
the giving up of personality, or of the strict legal rights 
of person. Hence, it is not the place to treat of the rights 
of definite concrete personality before treating of those 
of abstract personality. . , . 



:- AjrJrX^ST 



YIJ^T SECTION. 



•>C^* 1- 



§41. 

Ix crder thi: i per>:- be a fully dendoped and indepeiKi* 
tr.: irzir^Um, :: is r.cvtssirr that he &nd or make some 
eiterr.il ichrre ::r hLs freedr'ni- Because the person as 
absc'.-:-Iy existing, iz^nrLiie mill is. as yet. in this entirely 
abstract f'^rm, we nnd that this external sphere which is 
essential to constiniie his freedom, is designated as being 
equa!':y something distinct and separable from himself. 

SuppUtmnt. — The rationality of property does not lie in 
its satisfaction of wants, but in its abrogation of the mere 
subjectivity of personality. It is in property that person 
primarily exists as reason. Although the primitive reality 
of my freedom in an external thing be a bad form of 
reality, still abstract {>ersonality in its immediate form 
can have no other sort of real existence. 

§42. 

'I'hat which is thus immediately distinct from the free 
spirit, is for this free spirit, as well as in its own nature, 
something external, unfree, impersonal and right-less. . . . 

Supplement, — As this thing lacks subjectivity, it is some- 
thing external not only to the subject but also to itself. 
Thus space and time are external and I, as a sensuous 
being, am myself external, spatial and temporal. The 
sensuous perceptions I may have are of something which 
is external even to itself. The animal may have sensuous 
ptjrceptions, but its soul does not have its soul, its own 
very self, for object, but some external thing. 



PROPERTY. 77 

§48. 

As immediate concept and thus as a single individual, 
person has a natural form of existence. 

This physical form of being belongs to a person partly as 
an independent physical organism and partly through his 
relation to his body as an external thing. We are here 
sjpeaking of person in relation to immediate forms of external 
existence, his body among others, rather than in his relation 
to them as developed into more definite things through the 
mediation of the will. ... 

§44. 

As a person, I have the right to put my will into every- 
thing, which thereby becomes mine. The thing has no 
substantial end* of its own, but only attains this quality by 
being related to my will. That is, mankind has the right of 
absolute proprietorship. 

The so-called philosophy which ascribes independent 
reality to immediate individual impersonal things, as well 
as that philosophy which assures us that the spirit cannot 
recognize the truth or know what the thing in itself is, — all 
such philosophy is immediately refuted by the conduct of 
free will towards these things. If, perchance, such things 
have for sensuous perception and representation the appear- 
ance of independent reality, we find that on the other hand 
the free will is the idealism, the real truth of such apparent 
reality. 

Supplement, — All things are capable of being made the 
property of man, because he is free-will and as such in and 
for himself, while ever)rthing else lacks this quality. Every 
man, therefore, has the right to put his will into things, that 
is, to annul them and make them his own. For they, as 
external, have no self-aim ; they are not that infinite refer- 
ence of self to self, as subject, but are even externalities to 



78 ABSTRACT RIGHT. 

themselves. Every living thing (the animal) is such a 
externality and thus a thing. Only the will is infinite, abso- 
lute in reference to all else, which in turn is only reladft 
To make such things miru is really only to manifest tiie 
dignity of my will in comparison with them, and to demoD- 
strate that they are not independent and do not have any 
self-end. This manifestation is made through my puttinf 
in the thing another end than that which it immediately 
had. I give the living thing, the animal, as my property, 
another soul. I give it my soul. Thus the free-will is the 
idealism which preserves things, but not as they are vasst 
diately, while realism holds them as being in and of then- 
selves absolute and real, though they are finite. Animals 
themselves do not have this realistic philosophy as to things. 
Por they eat things up, thereby proving that they are not 
absolute and independent. 

§45. 

Possession is constituted by my having an)rthing merely 
within my own external power. The special interest in 
possession comes from my having made some element of 
natural want, desire or caprice my own. The side of this 
activity of possession, which brings out my free and actual 
will, is the positive and legal side, or the characteristic of 
property. 

In respect to want, which appears as the primary phase, 
property seems to be means. But the true position from 
the standpoint of freedom is that which regards property 
in its first definite form, as essentially an end for freedom 
itself. 

§46. 

In property my will becomes personal to me, hence objec- 
tive as the will of the individual. Thus property receives 
the character of private property and also that of common 



PROPERTY, 79 

property, which according to its nature can be possessed as 
parcelled out among many individuals. Here we have the 
characteristic of a potentially dissolvable community or 
partnership, it being a matter of caprice whether or not I 
shall let my portion remain in the common property. . . . 
Supplementary, — In saying that the will becomes personal 
in property, it is to be noted that person is here used in the 
sense of particular being, so that property becomes personal 
property. As I give to my will this form of externality, it 
is essential that property have the definite character of 
being mine in particular. This is the important doctrine 
of the necessity of private property. Any restriction made 
to it must be made solely by the State. Frequently indeed, 
especially in our times, private property has been restored 
by the State. Many States have rightly enough abolished 
cloisters, because ultimately a community has no such right 
to property as the person. 

§47. 

As person I am to possess my own life and body as I do 
other things just in so far as I put my will into them. . . . 
The souls of the animals possess their bodies indeed, but 
they have no right to their life because they do not put their 
will into it. 

§48. 

The body, in so far as it is an uncultivated piece of exter- 
nal existence, is inadequate to the spirit. The spirit must 
first take possession of it in order to make it its animated 
tool. But in reference to other people I am essentially free 
even as to my body. ... It is but a vain sophistry which 
says that the real person, — the soul, cannot be injured by 
maltreatment offered to one's body. . . . Violence done to 
my body is really done to me. 



8o ABSTRACT RIGHT 

§49. 

It is the rational thing then for me, in relation to external 
things, to possess property. But the particular form or 
amount of property possessed depends upon subjective 
aims, needs, caprice, talents and external circumstances. 
Moreover, such possession, in this sphere of abstract per- 
sonality, is not yet explicitly set forth as identical with 
freedom. Hence it is a matter of mere legal contingency 
as to the kind and quantity of property that I possess. 

All persons are equal in this abstract sphere, if indeed we 
can here speak of many persons. This is but a tautological 
proposition. For person is yet abstract and unpaxticular- 
ized. Equality is identity of the understanding. This is 
the standpoint first taken by reflective thought and medi- 
ocrity of spirit, when the relation of unity and difference 
first occurs to it. Here then we have only the abstract 
equality of abstract persons. Outside of this, that is, in 
every particular form of possession, there is really inequality. 
The demand sometimes made for an equal division of lands 
or possessions can only be made by a very superficial under- 
standing. For in the sphere of actual particular possessions 
there falls not only the contingency of external nature, but 
also the whole of the spiritual nature with its infinite nuna- 
ber of differences and its developed organic form of reason. 
We cannot speak of an injustice of nature in an unequal 
partition of possessions and means, for nature is not free 
and so neither just nor unjust. That all men should have 
a competency for their needs is a well-meant moral desire, 
but without any objective reality. Then, too, it is to be 
noted that what we call a competency is something different 
from possessions and belongs to the later stage. Civil Society, 

Supplementary, — The equality which one might introduce 
in regard to the partition of goods would, in any event, be 
destroyed in a sjiort time, since property depends upon 



PROPERTY, 8 1 

industry. The impossibility of such an equal distribution 
should prevent all attempts to secure it. . . . It is wrong 
to maintain that justice demands that each one should have 
an equal amount of property. For the demand is only that 
each should have property. It is "then rather true that 
equality of possessions would be unjust in the sphere of 
particularity, which is the sphere of inequality. . . , 

§50. 

A thing belongs to the accidental first comer who gets it, 
because a second comer cannot take possession of what is 
already the property of another. The first comer is not 
legal owner by virtue of his being the first comer, but 
because he is free will. He becomes first comer only by 
the accidental fact that another one comes after him. 

§61. 

« « # # « 

Supplementary, — The primary concept of property is that 
one puts his will into a thing. The fuller concept involves 
the full realization of the idea of property. It is necessary 
that the inner act of will by which I say that something is 
mine, be made cognizable by others. In really making a 
thing my own, I give it the power of manifesting this in 
external form. It must not remain mine simply in my inner 
will. Children sometimes cry out against others taking pos- 
session of a thing, that they had wished it first. But such 
wishing is inadequate for grown-up people. The form of 
subjectivity must be worked out into objectivity. 

§62. 

Taking possession of the material of a thing makes it my 
property, as it does not belong to itself. . . . 



82 ABSTRACT RIGHT, 

§68. 

Property has its proximate characteristic determinations 
in the relation of the will to the thing. This g^ves us, 

(A) Immediate Possession in so far as the will has its 
objective reality in the thing as a positive existence, 

{B) Use ox Consumption^ i, e, in so far as the will has its 
objective reality in negating the thing possessed, 

(C) Relinquishment of property, as the return of the will 
into itself out of the thing. These three phases are the 
positive, the negative, and the infinite judgment of the will 
in relation to the thing. 

A. Possession, 

§54. 

Possession arises {a) partly from the mere corporeal seizure 
of a thing (J?) partly from the expenditure of formative work 
upon it and {c) partly from mere designation^ or putting the 
sign of ownership upon it. 



§55. 

« « « « « 

{a) Supplementary, — The hand is the chief organ of cor- 
poreal possession. This no beast possesses. And what I 
grasp with the hand becomes in turn the means of grasping 
more. 

§56. 

(^) Through the expenditure of formative work upon a 
thing possessed, it comes to have a sort of independent 
existence and ceases to be limited to actual present cor- 
poreal seizure as the condition of possession. . . . 



PROPERTY. 83 

§57. 

Man is, primarily, a natural sort of existence, external to 
his essential being. It is only through the culture of his 
body and spirit, especially through the apprehension of his 
freedom through self-consciousness, that he takes possession 
of himself and becomes his own ownet. This act may also 
be called that of actualizing his concept or of developing his 
potentiality, faculties, talents. Through such act the natural 
man becomes positively his own and truly objective. He 
is thus distinguished from simple self-consciousness and 
becomes capable of maintaining the proper form of man- 
hood. 

[In the remainder of this paragraph Hegel shows at some 
length, that the only justification that can be offered of 
slavery and of mere lordship over men comes from con- 
sidering man as a merely natural form of existence. On 
the other hand, the absolute wrong of slavery can only be 
maintained by considering man as he is ideally, as having 
all his potentialities developed, that is, as free, independ- 
ent, cultured and spiritual. This, too, is an abstract and 
one-sided view, identifying immediately the merely natural 
man with the spiritual man. The truth is that man by 
nature (as a mere natural being) is unfree, and that man 
by nature (as fully developed man) is free. But man has 
such a spiritual nature, not in the state of nature but in 
the state of an ethical, civilized community. The blame 
of slavery really lies upon the will of the enslaved man or 
people, rather than upon those w^ho enslave them. The 
enslaved has not said, give me liberty or death, but rather, 
give me life even at the expense of liberty. 

Historically, slavery occurs in the transition from the state 
of mere nature to the state of grace, in the concrete social 
relations of the civilized community. It occurs in that stage 
of human development where a wrong is still right. At 



84 ABSTRACT RIGHT. 

such a stage, the wrong is of real worth and its place can be 
justified.] 

§68. 

« « « « * 

(c) Supplementary, ^Vossession by means of designation 
or sign of ownership is the most perfect form, for the other 
kinds of it have more or less the effect of a sign. When I 
seize or when I form a thing, the ultimate significance is 
always that of a sign to others that I put my will in the thing 
so as to exclude their possessing it. The concept of a sign 
is that a thing does not stand for what it is, but for what it 
signifies. A cockade, for example, signifies citizenship in a 
state, though the color has no connection whatever with the 
nation, and represents not itself but the nation. Man shows 
his sovereignty over things by being able to give a sign and 
thus acquire possession. 

B. Use or Consumption, 

§59. 

. . . Use is the satisfaction of my want through the alter- 
ation, destruction, or consumption of the thing, the selfless- 
ness of whose nature is thus made evident, and its real 
destiny accomplished. . . . 

Supplementary, — The thing is reduced to a means of 
satisfying my needs. In any struggle for existence between 
a person and a thing, one of them must lose its own being 
in order to there being unity ; but, in such a conflict, the I 
is the vital, willing, the real affirmative, while the thing is 
merely a thing. It must perish and I preserve myself, such 
being the rational prerogative of that which is organic. 



PROPERTY. 85 

§61. 

« « « « « 

Supplementary, — The relation of use to property is that of 
substance to quality, of potential to actual power. The field 
is only a field in so far as it produces a harvest. He who 
has the whole use of a field is the real owner, and it is an 
empty abstraction to recognize any other property in it. 

§62. 

Partial, or temporary use, or possession of a thing is, 
however, to be distinguished from ownership. It is only 
the complete and permanent use of a thing that constitutes 
me owner of that whose abstract title may belong to another. 
Only so far as I permeate the thing throughout with my 
will, thus making it impermeable by others, is it truly mine. 
It is thus the essential nature of proprietorship that it be 
free and complete. . . . 

It is more than fifteen hundred years since, under the 
influence of Christianity, personal freedom began to flourish, 
land became, at least for a small part of the human race, 
recognized as a universal principle. But the freedom of 
ownership has only since yesterday, we may say, been recog- 
nized here and there as a principle. This is an example 
from universal history of tlje length of time required by 
Spirit for its advance into self-consciousness ; also, an illus- 
tration against the impatience of mere opinion. 

§68. 

* «F « # # 

Supplement, — We find, however, that the qualitative form 
of use passes over into the quantitative. . . . This last 
takes the form of value, . . . Money is the ^.b^U-ajc:! iawsv 



86 ABSTRACT RIGHT 

of value. Gold represents eveiything except the human 
wants ; hence, it is itself ruled by the conception of specific 
value. A man can, in a way, be the owner of a thing 
without being the possessor of its real worth. A family 
which has possessions which it can neither sell nor spend, 
is not owner of its worth. 

§64. 

Giving form, and putting one's mark upon a thing, are, 
however, external circumstances, needing continually the 
presence of the active subjective will to give them meaning 
and value. This presence is manifested through Use and 
Consumption^ which must be continuous to avail. Without 
this active presence of will in them, things are deserted,— 
become masterless ; hence, property may be lost or acquired 
by prescription, . . . Prescription is founded upon the very 
character of property, namely, upon the actual manifestation 
of the will to possess something. Public monuments aie 
national property, so long as they are of worth through the 
indwelling soul of national honor and traditions. Deprived 
of this national spirit, they become masterless, and are thus 
the fair booty of any individual who chooses to take them, 
e,g,^ the Grecian and Egyptian works of art in Turkey. So, 
too, the extinction of copyright in the family of an author 
rests upon the same principle. Literary works become 
masterless (though in just the opposite way), like national 
monuments ; that is, they become universal property as to 
their worth, instead of being private property. So, the 
mere land of unused cemeteries, or that which is otherwise 
consecrated to eternal non-use, implies merely a non- 
present, arbitrary will, through the infringement of which 
no real interest is injured. Sacred respect for all such 
unused land cannot be guaranteed. 



PROPERTY. 87 

C. The Relinquishment of Property. 

§65. 

I^an relinquish my property, because it is mine only so 
far as I put my will into it. 1 can give up (derelinguere) my 
lordship over anything that is mine, or I can deliver it over 
to another will for possession. But this refers only to such 
things as are by their very nature external. 

Supplementary. — Such a true alienation is a direct decla- 
ration of the will, in contrast with alienation by prescription. 
In fact, when the whole process of property is looked at, we 
see its relinquishment to be a genuine act of taking pos- 
session. The first phase of property is the immediate 
taking possession of a thing. Then further ownership 
is acquired through use, while taking possession through 
the voluntary relinquishment of ownership is the last and 
fullest sort of ownership. 

Eesum^ of § 66- § 71. 

In these paragraphs Hegel makes the needed restrictions 
to the above doctrine. There are some sorts of possessions 
which by their very nature are inalienable. Those which 
constitute the very essence of my personality, such as my 
free-will, my ethical life and religious convictions, are thus 
inalienable. To relinquish them is to give up being a free 
self-cause, or causa sui, cujus natura nan potest concipi^ nisi 
existens. There is, however, a possibility of such suicidal 
action that is frequently actualized. The bad is itself either 
a denying and giving up the essentials of personality, or it is 
the making actual something which does not belong to the 
very inner essence of personality — a realization by man of 
the un-manly, the non-huvazxi or sub-humzxi. Slavery is an 
example of one sort of such suicide. Superstition affords 
corresponding examples in the moral, ethical and relv^vovj^s* 



88 ABSTRACT RIGHT. 

spheres. Intelligent rationality as to duties and dogmas is 
here sacrificed to the arbitrary authority of others. Rights 
as such are inalienable. Hence any one who has in any way 
lost his rights has the inalienable right and duty to resume 
them at the first possible opportunity. The slave, wh?ther 
civil or religious, has always the right to violate the wrong 
right of his tyrant. 

I may part with the productions of my hand or head, with 
my daily labor of brawn or brain, without doing violence to 
my personality, for such labor does not consume the whole 
of my self-activity. Herein lies the difference between the 
slave and the day-laborer, even though the toil of the latter 
be greater and his bodily comfort less than those of the 
former. 

Again, one's life cannot be considered as external to per- 
sonality and, hence, cannot be relinquished. I, as an individ- 
ual, in the sphere of mere abstract right, have no right to 
lay down my life. It is only when a person is a member of 
an ethical community that he has the right to offer up his life 
at its command and in its service. Suicide may perhaps be 
looked upon as bravery, but it is only the poor sort of brav- 
ery of tailors and girls. 

Property as an external thing is in connection with other 
externalities or properties. But as the principle of property 
is will, this relation of property to property is that of will to 
will. As proprietor my will enters a circle of common will. 
Thus property becomes mediated by this relation to other 
wills. It is no longer merely a matter of my own subjective 
will in relation to an external thing. This is the sphere of 
Contract, In property the relation is that of a single will, in 
contract it is that of sei^eral wills, of a common^ though not of 
the universal, will of an ethical community. 



CONTRACT, 89 

SECOND SECTION. 

Contract, 

§72. 

Property, even as an external form of existence, is merely 
a thing. As property, the thing has been permeated by hu- 
man will. In contract, we have the process which represents 
and resolves the contradiction that I am and remain inde- 
pendent exclusive proprietor, so far as I, in a will identical 
with the other will, cease to be proprietor. 

§78. 

I can alienate property not only as an external thing, but 
it also belongs to its very concept that I dispose of it as 
property, in order that my will stand over against me as 
some definite objective affair. But my will, as thus parted 
with, is another will. This process, accordingly, wherein that 
necessity of the concept is real, is the unity of different wills, 
in which their differences and peculiarities are annulled. 
But in this identity of will there is, at this stage, implied 
that each will, as not identical with the other, is and remains 
explicitly particular will. 

§75. 

As both of the contracting parties are related to each 
other as independent persons, we have 

(a) Contract proceeding from the arbitrary choice of the 
parties. 

(^) The common will expressed in the contract is only 
common and not a genuine universal. 

(y) The subject matter of contract is only a particular 
external thing, as only such can be relinquished at the 
arbitrary choice of the individual. 



go ABSTRACT RIGHT, 

[Hegel stops here to declaim against the subsumption of 
marriage under the concept of contract. He says that such 
a reference of marriage as was made by Kant should be 
stigmatized as scandalous. Just as little can the nature of 
the State be treated as that of a contract of all citizens with 
each other or with their rulers. It is rather the natural and 
universal heritage into which men are bom. It is far more 
truly a universal will than the common will that appears in 
contract. Like the family, it exists not by contract but by 
the grace of God, springing from the ideal nature of man as 
seen by the Divine Idea. Into both of these ethical spheres 
we all are bom without making any contract in regard to 
them. We can neither enter nor leave the State at will. It 
is the universal will in which we exist. It is the rational 
destiny of man to live in the State. 

Hegel further maintains the contract sphere to be a 
more concrete phase of right than that of property, when 
considered as based simply upon the relation of one's own 
individual will to things. Property held by contract, by 
common consent, is much more real and secure. It is not 
till what I have put my will into is recognized and allowed 
by other wills to be mine, that it can be held as property. 
In real contract as distinguished from formal contract, each 
one, through a common will, gives up, and at the same time 
retains and obtains possessions. Thus after contract, each 
one of the contracting parties, after having severally given 
up pieces of property, emerges with possession yet of the 
value of what they parted with. Hence, he maintains, a 
lacsio enormis cancels the obligation of a contract. 

Contract is given definite form through stipulation. For- 
malities are necessary for the conversion of subjectivity into 
objectivity. Though the tendency may be for them to grow 
simpler, we shall always need some kind of formalities, as 
the speech for uttering or making outward and visible the 
thoughts and intents of men in mutual relations. Stipula- 



WRONG. 9 1 

tion applies only to what is of substantial value. A contract 
is more than a promise. A promise is guaranteed only by 
a capricious subjective will which promises and may then 
refuse to fulfil its promise. But the stipulation in a contract 
is a guard against such capricious willing. On the other 
hand contract is an affair of legal rather than of moral right. 
The secret intentions, the moral disposition in the contract- 
ing parties are not taken into consideration at this stage. 
Contract has to do with legal rather than with moral rights. 
The common will of the several particular persons in 
contract, is still far from being the universal will as Idea, 
It is still limited and contingent. Hence it is more than 
liable to conflict with true, universal will. Such collision t 
constitutes Wrong (das Unrecht),'] 



THIRD SECTION. 
Wrong. 

§82. 

Potential right comes, through contract^ to have posi- 
tive form. Its inner universality thus takes the form 
of something held in common by caprice and by par- 
ticular will. This may be termed the phenomenal appear- 
ance of right. Here the right and its essential determinate 
being (the particular will) accidentally agree. This phe- 
nomenal appearance of rights is continued, as a semblance^ in 
Wrong, In wrong we have the opposition between implicit 
rights and the particular will through which they come to be 
any particular sort of rights. The truth of this semblance, 
however, is that such manifestation of will is naught and 
that the right reconstructs itself through the negation of 
this negation of itself. Through this negation of the wrong, 
the right returns to itself and characterizes itself as some- 



92 ABSTRACT RIGHT, 

thing real and valid, whereas it was primarily only some- 
thing potential and immediate. 

Supplementary. — Universal will, when essentially deter- 
mined by particular will, is in a relation with an unessential, 
a relation of essence to its appearance, which can never 
adequately represent it. In wrong we have the semblance 
of the right. Semblance is inadequate character of exist- 
ence, inadequate to the essence, and, though it asserts its 
independent validity, it vanishes through the energizing of 
the essence against it. The right, in thus manifesting the 
unreality of the semblance, receives the definite character of 
that which is firm and valid. Right thus becomes actual. 
For Actuality is that which energizes and maintains itself 
even in and through its opponent. 

§83. 

Right (which, as a particular and consequently a vary- 
ing thing, in relation to its own implicit universality and 
simplicity, receives the form of a semblance), is such a 
semblance partly in and of itself ; partly it becomes a 
semblance through the subject or doer as a semblance, 
and partly it is posited as absolutely naught, /. ^., C/niniert- 
tional or Civil Wrongs Fraud and Crime, 

Supplementary, — ... The difference between fraud 
and crime is that the former still respects the form of right 
while the latter does not. 

A. Unintentional Wrong, 

§84. 

Occupancy and contract in all their special forms, being 
primarily different manifestations and consequences of my 
will as such, are, in respect to the recognition of others, 
legal claims, because the will is implicitly universal. It is 



WRONG. 93 

only as concerns their variety and their external manifesta- 
tion towards each other, that the one and same thing can 
belong only to different persons, each of whom considers 
the thing to belong to him, from some particular legal 
reason. Thus collisions of legal rights arise. 

§85. 

Such a collision, in which the thing is claimed for a par- 
ticular legal reason, and which constitutes the sphere of 
civil lawsuits, contains the acknowledgment of right as uni- 
versal and decisive. Thus all parties hold that the thing 
should belong to the one who has the legal right to it. 
The contest is only in regard to the subsumption of the 
thing under the property of the one or of the other. This 
is a merely negative judgment, in which only the particular 
as to what is mine or thine is negated. 

§86. 

***** 

Supplementary, — What is implicitly right has a definite 
ground, and my wrong which I deem to be right I also 
defend on some definite ground. It is the nature of the 
finite and particular to give room to contingencies. Conse- 
quently collisions must take place here, for we are here on 
the stage of the finite. The first form of wrong (the 
unintentional) negates only the particular will, while the 
general right is respected. Hence, it is the slightest form 
of wrong. When I say that a rose is not red, I still 
acknowledge that it has color. I do not deny the species, 
but only deny the particular color, red. Just so is right 
here recognized. Each one wants the right, and desires 
only what is right. The wrong consists only in each person 
holding for right what he wishes. 



94 ABSTRACT RIGHT. 

B. Fraud. 

§87. 
***** 

Supplementary. — In fraud, the second stage of wrong, 
the particular will is respected, but not the universal right 
In fraud, the particular will is not injured, because the 
person deceived is made to believe that he is being fairly 
treated. That which constitutes fraud is the demanding 
as one's rigHt that which is only a subjective and simulated 
right. 

§88. 

In contract, I acquire property for the sake of some 
particular quality of the thing, and at the same time in 
accordance with its inner universality, partly according to 
its value, partly as out of the property of another person. 
Through the arbitrariness of the vendor a false semblance 
can be produced in my mind so that the contract is formally 
right, while it really lacks the implicit universality of the 
right. 

§89. 

***** 

Supplementary. — There is no punishment prescribed for 
unintentional or civil wrong, for in this there is no evil 
intentions against the right as such. 

Punishment, however, comes with fraud, for here it is 
that right, as such, is injured. 

C. Violence and Crime. 

§90. 

My will being projected into an external thing is thereby 
just so far seized and placed under necessity. My will can 



WRONG. 95 

thus partly suffer violence in general, partly violence can be 
done to it by my being forced to do something or to make 
sacrifice as the condition of keeping my property or life. 
That is, my will can be coerced. 

Supplementary, — Wrong proper is crime where neither 
the right, as such, nor as it appears to me is respected, where 
consequently both the subjective and objective sides are 
violated. 

§91. 

As a living creature man can, indeed, be coerced, that is, 
his physical and otherwise external side can be brought 
under the power of others, but the free-will as such cannot 
be coerced except in so far as it fail to withdraw itself out 
of the externality to which it has bonded itself in property. 
Only he can be coerced who allows himself to be coerced. 

§93. 

Violence must be annulled by violence. This is involved 
in the concept of violence, as being self-destructive. It is 
therefore not only conditionally legal, but morally necessary 
— a second coercion which is the abrogation of the first 
coercion. 

Violation of a contract by the failure to comply with the 
stipulation, or with the legal duties towards family or state, 
is a first coercion, or at least violence, so far as I take away 
a property which belongs to another, or fail to give him his 
just dues. Pedagogical coercion and coercion used against 
savagery and barbarianism do not at first seem to be the 
negation of a prior violence. But the merely natural will is 
itself implicit violence against the inherent Idea of freedom, 
which is to be protected and enforced against such wild 
will. Either there is already an existing ethical condition 
in family or state, against which all such barbarian natural- 
ness is violence or there is a mere state of nature, a state of 



96 ABSTRACT RIGHT. 

violence in general. In this way the Idea^ in opposition 
to this condition, brings about despotism. 

Supplementary, — There can no longer be heroes in the 
State. These appear only in rude and primitive conditions. 
The purpose of such is a legal, necessary and political one, 
and this purpose they accomplish as their own private 
affair. The heroes who founded states, introduced marriage 
and agriculture, have, indeed, not done so as a recognized 
right, and these institutions still appear as matters of their 
own capricious choice. Still, in reference to the higher 
right of the Idea against barbarianism, this coercion by 
heroes is a legal one, for but little can be accomplished 
against savage violence by mere kindness. 

§94. 

Abstract right is a right of compulsion, because the wrong 
against it is a force against the determinate being of my 
freedom in an external thing. . . . 

Supplementary. — Here we may note the difference of the 
moral from the legal. In the moral, in the reflexion into 
self, there are two elements, — first, the good is my aim, and 
I must determine myself in accordance with this Idea. My 
resolution embraces the determinate being of the good, and 
I actualize it in myself. But this is entirely internal. Hence 
there can be no compulsion against this form of right. The 
laws of a State, consequently, cannot wish to extend over the 
disposition of its people. For in the moral, the person is 
for himself, and compulsion would here be without sense. 

§95. 

The first compulsion exercised by the free person, as vio- 
lence, which violates the very character of freedom in its 
concrete sense, — that is, violates right as right — this is 
crime . . . which negates the very capacity of right. . . 



WRONG. 97 

Perjury, high treason, counterfeiting, forging notes are the 
subject-matter of Penal Law, ... 

§96. 

# # # # « 

Supplementary, — We cannot decide in just what way each 
and every crime is to be punished merely by abstract reason, 
but this must be left to positive laws. The estimation of 
crime grows milder with the progress of culture. To-day 
crime is much less severely punished than a hundred years 
ago. It is, however, the relation between crime and punish- 
ment that has changed. 

§97. 

Violation of right as such is, indeed, a positive external 
affair, though naught in itself. The making its nullity mani- 
fest is the same as the nullification of that violation in its 
own external form. This brings out the actuality of right, — 
its form of necessity as mediated by the destruction of its 
violation. 

Supplementary, — A crime changes the form of existence of 
that which it violates. This changed form is the opposite of 
itself and hence null. Its nullity consists in its abrogation 
of the right as right. The right as absolute is indestructible. 
Therefore this external manifestation of the crime is itself 
null, and this nullity is the very nature of the effect of the 
crime. But what is null must manifest itself as violable. 
The criminal act is not a prior, definite affair to which pun- 
ishment is a secondary and negative thing. But the crime 
itself is the negative, so that the punishment is only the ne- 
gation of this negation. The actual right is now the abroga- 
tion of this violation. It thus manifests its validity and pre- 
serves itself as a definite form of mediated and necessary 
existence. 



9^ ABSTRACT RIGHT 

§98. 

Violence committed only against external possessions is 
an a'il (^Uebel), and consists in damage done to any sort 
of property. The abrogation of the violation through 
counter-violence is the form of civil satisfaction or repara- 
tion, so far as this is possible. . . . 

§99. 

. . . Crime has definite existence only in the particular 
will of the criminal. Offering violence to this will is the an- 
nulling of the crime (which otherwise would maintain its own 
validity) and the restoration of the right. 

[Hegel here makes some strictures upon various theories of 
punishment. Punishment being an evil, some maintain that 
it is folly to commit one evil because of a previous evil (the 
crime). It is this superficial view of crime as a mere evil, 
that is at the basis of those theories which admit punishment 
only so far as it tends to protect society by intimidating or 
reforming criminals. But crime is not a mere evil. It vio- 
lates justice itself, and these theories deal rather with extrin- 
sic considerations of psychological and sentimental charac- 
ter, and miss the essence of the matter, that punishment 
is intrinsically just — both to society and to the criminal 
himself. Here the essential point is that crime, not merely 
as an evil, but as a violation of right as such, is to be ne- 
gated. We must see the real nature that belongs to crime. 
The chief question is as to the essence of crime ; this is the 
thing to be negated by punishment. Confusion in views of 
punishment cannot be avoided as long as the essence of 
crime is undetermined. 

The true view of punishment treats the criminal as a 
man. The theory of mere intimidation does not. It rather 
treats him like a dog, whom we may deter from biting again 
by flourishing a stick at him. It sets aside both the con- 



WRONG. 99 

.eration of the criminars free-will and the nature of 
itice, whereas the true theory honors the man in the 
minal in manifesting and vindicating the absoluteness of 

itice.] 

§100. 

The injury done the criminal is not only just, per se, but 
»o as being the implicit will of the criminal — a definite 
■m of his own freedonr. In other words his punishment is 
> right. Punishment is really a right to the criminal him- 
;f. That is, it is really contained as an element in his 
finitely acting will. For his action, being that of a 
:ional being, implies that it is something universal and 
IS legislative. Thus he implicitly recognizes his rational 
:ion as giving the law in accordance with which his own 
ht can be determined. 

Beccaria denies to the State the right of the death penalty 
the ground that it cannot be presupposed that the Social 
mpact contained the consent of individuals to their own 
ith. But really the criminal does give his consent to it by 
very deed. The nature of the crime, as well as the 
minal's own will, demands that the violation should be 
rogated. But Beccaria's theory did some good in mini- 
zing the death-penalty, limiting it to crimes inherently 
rthy of it. . . . 

§ 102. 

The abrogation of crime in this sphere of abstract right, 
lat is of right not yet mediated by ethical relations) takes 
marily the form of revenge, which is justified as to its 
DStance in so far as it is retaliation. But as to the form 
such punishment, revenge is the deed of a mere subjective 
)itrary will. Such a will, we have seen, has the power to 
Lce its own infinite law upon every sort of accomplished 
Nation. Hence its justice is capricious. As regards 
ler persons, it never passes beyond the scope of the 



lOO ABSTRACT RIGHT 

m 

arbitrary will of the individual avenger. Thus revenge i 
only a new violation. Thus revenge provokes revenge 
infinitum^ and family feuds are transmitted from generati 
to generation. 

Supplementary, — In a state of society where there arc 
neither judges nor law, punishment always takes the fora 
of revenge, and this remains defective in so far as it is the 
deed of a subjective will and, consequently, not in accordance 
with the real substance of the case. Judges are also per- 
sons, but they represent the universal will of the law, and^ 
is not their intention to put anything into the punishment 
which is not in accordance with the nature of the case. 
Among uncivilized peoples revenge is everlasting, as amoi^ 
the Arabians, where it can only be suppressed by a higher 
power or by the impossibility of indulging in it. Indeed we, 
to-day, still have a remnant of revenge, inasmuch as it is left 
to the discretion of individuals to bring violations before the 
tribunal or not. 

§103. 

The demand for the solution of this contradiction, whidi 
exists here as to the kind and manner of the abrogation d 
wrong, is the demand for a justice free from subjective 
interests and form, as well as from the capriciousness o 
mere power, — that is, for a justice which is not merely ai 
avenging but a punishing justice. This implies primaril] 
the demand for a particular subjective will, which, however 
wills the universal as such. But this is the very concept o 
morality (Moralitdt), It is not only something demanded 
but something that has emanated from this Very process. 

Transition from Right into Morality, 

§104. 

Crime and avenging justice represent the development c 
the will into consciousness of the opposition within it ( 



WRONG, loi 

e implicitly universal with the actually partial and special 
aments. They also lead to the stage in which the will, 
mulling this opposition, turns back into itself, being there- 
^ developed and actualized. The right is thus preserved 
fcd its universal nature maintained, as against particular 
:ternal forms. In negating its own particular, and there- 
Te negative form, it realizes itself more fully. It becomes 
dependent, its negative activity being but a form of its 
vn self-characterization. 

In the sphere of abstract right will has been defined as 
)stract personality, as opposed to things and to other 
irsons. It has now its own personality as its only object, 
his indefinite explicit subjectivity constitutes the prin- 
ple of the moral (tnoralischen) standpoint. 
In property we find the specific character of the will to re- 
ie in the abstract meum^ that is, in an external thing. In 
^tract the property of the single will is mediated by the 
mmon will of several persons. In wrong we see the con- 
igency of this common will being made manifest, while in 
e moral standpoint all contingency is potentially overcome. 
lis is the sphere of reflective thought, the internal forum of 
tscience. All contingency is reflected back into the implicit 
entity of the will with itself, which constitutes its true 
bjectivity. 

Truth demands the veritable existence of the concept and 
e correspondence of its content with this its true form. In 
rhts, the will has its existence in an external thing. The 
ixt demand of the concept of the will is that it have it 
ternally, within itself. It must be self-reflected and have 
>elf as its object. This affirmative relation to itself can 
ily be attained through the annulment of its immediacy, 
his is accomplished in the punishment of crime, leading 
rough its own negation of its own negation to affirmation 
-to Morality (Moralitat). 



SECOND PART. 

MORALITY. 

§ 105. 

moral standpoint is that of the will in so far as it is 
, not merely in an abstract and potential form, but 
lally thus infinite for itself. This reflexion of the 
;o itself and its independent identity, as opposed to 

implicit being, and the immediacy and the self- 
)ing determinations in this latter, constitutes the 
a subject} 

§ 106. 

e subjectivity now constitutes the characteristic of 
cept, and is different from the concept in the form of 
:ly existent will, and, indeed, as subjectivity is at 
ne time the will of the subject as an independent 
ual which still contains the element of immediacy, 
titutes the determinate being of the concept. Thus 
ivity gives a higher basis for freedom. In reference 
Idea, the subjectivity of the will forms the side of 
ce, its phase of reality. Freedom, or the potential 
n actually exist only in subjective will, 
second sphere, that of morality, represents, therefore, 
whole the real side of the concept of freedom ; and 
cess in this sphere is that of annulling the will which 
rst existing only for self, and which is immediately 
iplicitly identical with the potentially existing univer- 
l, according to that difference in which it becomes 
idly self-involved. The process also includes that 
ting the will existing for itself, as identical with the 

1 Cf. p. 73, foot-note. 



I04 MORALITY. 

potentially existing will. This process is accordingly 
elaboration of this present basis of freedom (of that 
jectivity which is at first abstract, that is to say, 
guished from the concept), to equality with the concept^ whkm^ 
thereby becomes capable of receiving for the Idea its tral" 
realization. In this process the subjective will detennincsl'f 
itself thereby as truly objective and concrete. \ 

Supplementary, — In treating of strict formal right, M* 
were not concerned with the question as to one's principkl" 
or intention. This question concerning the self-determini-l^ 
tion and motive {Triehfeder) of the will, as well as conceihf 
ing design, enters only here with the moral. 

A man desires to be judged according to his own sett- 
determination ; he is, in this respect, free, whatever the 
external conditions may be. One cannot encroach upon 
this conviction of men ; no violence can be done to it, and 
the moral will is therefore inaccessible. Man's worth is 
estimated according to his inner action, and hence, the 
moral standpoint is that of independent freedom. 

§ 107. 

The self-determination of the will is at the same time a 
phase of its concept, and subjectivity is not only the side rf 
its determinate being, but it is its own determination. The 
independent free-will, defined as subjective, at first as 
concept, has, itself, determined being in order to exist as 
Idea, The moral standpoint is therefore, as to its form, the 
right of the subjective will. According to this right, the 
will recognizes, and is, something only in so far as the right 
is its own. The will is in this as a subjective thing to 
itself. . . . 

Supplementary, — The whole determination of the will is 
again a totality which as subjectivity must also have objec- 
tivity. Freedom can realize itself only in the subject, for 
the subject is the true material for this realization. But this 



MORALITY, 105 

irminate being of the will, which we called subjectivity, 
clifferent from the absolutely independent will. The will, 
order to become such independent will, must free itself 
>in this other, from the one-sidedness of mere subjectivity. 
Xi morality it is the distinct interest of men which comes in 
^l^estion, and this is just the high value of the same, that 
in knows himself as absolute and that he determines him- 
The uncultured man allows himself to be imposed 
>on by mere brute force and natural laws. Children like- 
se have no moral will, but permit themselves to be directed 
^V their parents. But the cultured self-developing man de- 
:s that he himself be in everything which he does. 



§ 108. 

The subjective will, as immediately for itself and dis- 
tinguished from the potential will, is hence abstract, limited 
'^nd formal. But subjectivity is not only formal, but, as the 
infinite self-determination of the will, it constitutes the for- 
Inality of the same. As this, in its first appearance as indi- 
vidual will, is not yet posited as identical with the concept of 
the will, we find that the moral standpoint is that of relation, 
of obligation or requirement. And inasmuch as the element 
of difference in subjectivity contains just as well determina- 
tion opposed to objectivity in the form of determinate being, 
so the standpoint of consciousness is here also attained — or 
in general, the standpoint of difference, finiteness and phe- 
nomenality {Erscheinung) of will. 

The moral is primarily not yet determined as the opposite 
of the immoral, as right is not immediately the opposite 
of wrong ; but it is the universal standpoint of the moral as 
well as of the immoral which is based upon the subjectivity 
of the will. 

Supplementary, — Self-determination in morality is to be 
conceived of as the pure restless activity which has not yet 
attained any definite existence. It is first in the ethical 



1 06 MORALITY, 

(Sittlichcn) that the will is identical with the concept of the 
will and has only this latter as its content. In the moral, the 
will is still related to that which is potential. It is therefore 
the standpoint of difference, and the process of this stand- 
point is the identification of the subjective will with the 
concept of the latter. The ought, which is the distinguishing 
element of morality, does not however attain to actual ex- 
istence, except in concrete social relations of men. This 
ought to which the subjective will is related is a double 
thing. It is one time the substantial being of the conapt^ 
and again the externally existing. Even if the good were 
posited in the subjective will, it would not yet be thereby 
executed. 

E68um6 of § 109-§ 113. 

The formal character of the moral standpoint passes from 
the opposition between the subjective and the objective into 
the simple identity of the will with itself in this opposition. 
Here we have the content of the will, present in both ele- 
ments and indifferent as to form as regards these differences. 
This is what we know as the Aim (der Ziveck), 

But on the moral standpoint, this identity of content has 
further characteristics — 

(a) The content is so determined as mine that it contains 
explicitly my very subjectivity, both as my inner aim and as 
the external objectivity which it may have received. 

(J?) Let the content have some particular form from any 
source, it still must be conformable to the implicit will. But 
as this will is still formal, this conformity is only a demand 
and contains the possibility of being non-conformity. 

(c) Inasmuch as I attain my subjectivity in the accomplish- 
ment of my aim, I thus annul my immediate undeveloped 
subjectivity. But this external subjectivity is the will of 
others (§ 73). Hence the accomplishment of my aim im- 
plies the identity of my will with that of others. The utter- 



MORALITY, 107 

ance of the subjective or moral will is found in action. Such 
action implies that I know it as mine, in essential relation to 
the concept (as obligatory) and to the will of others. Thus 
a moral action is distinguished from a legal one. 

§ 114. 

The right of moral will has three sides: 

{A) The abstract or formal right of action, in such a way 
that the content of the action, carried out into immediate 
determinate existence, be mine and represent the purpose of 
my subjective will. 

{B) The special character of the action is its inner con- 
tent (a) as it is for me, whose universal character is deter- 
mined by the worth of the action and what it avails for me 
— that is inner intention — ()8) its content as the special aim 
of my particular subjective being, that is, individual well-being, 

(C) This inner content in its universality, as elevated 
into absolute, existing objectivity, is the absolute aim of 
will as will — that is the Good, This is in the sphere of 
the reflexion with the antithesis of subjective universality, 
partly of evil, and partly of conscience. 

Supplementary, — In order to be moral, every action must 
primarily harmonize with my purpose, for the right of the 
moral will consists in recognizing in any action only that 
which was internally designed. Purpose thus makes the 
formal demand that the objective will be also the internal thing 
willed by me. In the second phase, that of inner intention, 
the question is concerning the relative worth of the action 
in reference to myself. The third phase concerns not only 
the relative but the absolute worth of the action, that is, the 
Good, The first breach of the action is between something 
proposed, and some definite accomplished affair. Then 
follows the breach between that which is external as uni- 
versal will and the inner particular character which I give 
it Thirdly we have the demand that the intention have 



io8 MORALITY. 

universal validity. The Good is intention elevated to the 
concept of the will. 



FIRST SECTION. 
Purpose and Culpability, 

§116. 

The limitation of the subjective will in external action 
arises from the fact that in all such action there is the pre- 
supposition of an external object and its manifold environ- 
ment. A deed implies the working of a change in this 
external realm, and the will is culpable in so far as the 
change thus wrought can be called mine, as being that pro- 
posed by me. ... 

Supplementary. — What was in my purpose can be imputed 
to me. It is with this proposed deed that we are chiefly 
concerned when dealing with crime. But in culpability 
(Schuiii) there is the merely external judgment as to whether 
I have done a certain thing or not. Culpability does not 
primarily imply the quality of imputability. 

§117. 

In proposing to work a change in the given external 
realm, the self-acting will has a general idea of the circum- 
stances. But as these circumstances limit it, the objective 
phenomenon is accidental and may contain something quite 
other than one's general idea of it. The subjective will 
claims as its right, that, in any of its deeds, it recognize as 
its own and be held responsible for only what it proposed 
to do. The deed can only be imputed to the will, and for 
this the will demands the right of knowledge. 



PURPOSE AND CULPABILITY, 109 

§ 118. 

The action, passing from the internal will into an external 
realm where external necessity binds all together, is followed 
by many consequences not calculated upon. In one way, 
the consequences properly belong to the action, as being 
what was aimed at. But at the same time the deed passes 
over into the dominion of external powers which add to it 
many foreign consequences. It cannot reckon all the con- 
sequences as its own, as being aimed at by itself and so it 
disclaims responsibility for all consequences not contained 
in its original design. 

It is difficult, however, to distinguish between the accidental 
and the necessary or proper consequences of one's own ac- 
tion, for the inner purpose or plan is nothing, for others at 
least, till it enters the objective realm, and, once there, inex- 
tricable complication bids defiance to perfectly clear de- 
markation between the two sorts of consequences. The 
principle is sometimes announced that in acting we may de- 
spise consequences. On the other hand it is proclaimed 
that actions are to be judged solely by their consequences. 
Both of these principles are abstract and untrue. . . . 

Supplementary, — This disclaiming responsibility for all 
consequences not proposed soon leads to the next phase — 
that of Intention, But there are consequences beyond the 
known and proposed external effects. Although my deed is 
some one particular thing, it yet contains necessary and uni- 
versal qualities. I cannot forsee all external effects of a 
proposed action, but I must know the universal element im- 
plicit in every deed. The transition from Purpose to Intention 
consists in the recognition that I ought to know the universal 
element in every action so as to will it, to intend it. 



no MORALITY, 

SECOND SECTION. 

Intention and Well-being, 

§119. 

The external form of an act is a manifold context of 
countless particularities. The act may be considered in such 
a way that at first cognizance is taken of only one of these 
many particularities. But the truth of the individual is the 
universal, — the real character of the act as such is not 
merely an isolated external thing, but it is rather a uni- 
versal embracing the whole of a manifold context. Purpose, 
proceeding from a thinking being, contains not only the indi- 
vidual, but also essentially the universal side. Such purpose 
we call Intention, 

Intention is really an abstraction. The attempt at justifi- 
cation through one's intention is really the isolating of a 
single aspect of the deed, which is maintained as the sub- 
jective essence of the deed. But the universal quality of 
the deed is also manifested in its accomplishment. Incendi- 
arism is the actual result of the intention to set fire to only 
a little pile of kindling wood. Murder is the result of 
cutting out a pound of flesh from a living body. That is, 
one cannot really intend an isolated single side of an action. 
... In acting a man has to do with external consequences. 
An old proverb says : " A stone flung from the hand is the 
very devil." A man has to face the bad as well as good 
consequences of all his deeds. These are really definite 
qualities of his own will. 

§120. 

The right of Intention is that the universal quality of the 
act be not only implicit, but be fully known to the one 
doing the act, as having been the real purpose of his will. 



^ 



INTENTION AND WELL-BEING, ill 

On the other hand the right, as regards the external form of 
the act, is the right of its being considered as something 
known and willed by a rational being. 

This right to such insight implies the slight or total lack 
of responsibility of children, the feeble-minded and insane 
for their actions. But as all such actions have numerous 
contingent effects, we can say that their subjective quality 
has that lack of character, as regards the power afid 
strength of self-consciousness and thoughtfulness. Only 
such particular conditions annul the character of thought 
and freedom of will, and lead us to consider these actions 
not according to the worth which they would have as pro- 
ceeding from a rational will. 

§121. 

The universal quality of an act is its manifold content in 
general, reduced to the simple form of universality. But 
the subjective individual, as contrasted with the objective 
particularity of his deed, has in his aim his own peculiar 
intent, which is the determining soul of the act. The fact 
that this subjective phase is contained and accomplished in 
the act, constitutes the concrete character of subjective 
freedom, the right of the subject to find his satisfaction in 
the act. 

[In a supplementary note Hegel illustrates this right of 
intention. Murder may have been committed. We ask 
whether it was the intent of the doer rather, than an unin- 
tentional consequence of some action. It is the motive 
that constitutes primarily what is called the moral element. 
This moral element has the sense of the universal in 
purpose and the particular of the intention. In modem 
times, the chief question concerns the motive of an act, 
while formerly it was merely asked : Is this man honest, 
does he do his duty ? T(^day we look at the heart and 



1 1 2 MORALITY. 

presuppose a breach between the external action and the 
inner subjective motive. The higher moral standpoint, 
however, is that of a harmony between the two sides, so 
that the external side corresponds to and satisfies the 
subjective purpose. The merely objective method of esti- 
mating the worth of deeds has its epochs both in the history 
of the world and of individuals.] 

§ 122. 

Through the motive, the action has personal subjective 
worth and interest. In reference to this subjective aim, 
the wider effects of the act are reduced to means. But, in 
so far as such an aim is a finite thing, it can in turn be 
reduced to a means to a further design, etc., ad infinitum, 

§ 123. 

As regards the content of such aims, we have here 
(a) merely the formal activity — that the person's activity 
be limited to what he considers his aim. One wishes to 
work only for his own interests, or for what should be his 
interests. ()8) Such abstract formal freedom has, however, 
further definite content only in the natural phases of its 
subjective determinate being — needs, inclinations, passions, 
opinions, fancies, etc. The satisfaction of such a content is 
Well-beings in particular and in general. This is the sphere 
of finite aims. 

[In a supplementary note Hegel asks whether a man has 
the right to choose such un-free finite aims, and gives an 
affirmative answer. It is not a mere accident, but according 
to reason, that man is a living being, and, so far, he has a 
right to make his wants his aim. There is nothing degrad- 
ing in being such a living creature, and there is also no 
higher form in which he can manifest his spirituality.] 



INTENTION AND WELL-BEING. 113 

§124. 

. . . The series of man's deeds constitutes the very 
man. If this series of actions be worthless, so also is the 
subjectivity of his will worthless. If on the contrary the 
series of deeds be substantial, so also is the inner will of 
the individual substantial. 

This right of subjective freedom constitutes the turning 
point between antiquity and modern times. This right in 
all its infinitude is pronounced, and raised into being a 
universal principle, by Christianity. Subordinate elements 
of this principle are love, Romanticism, the eternal bliss of 
the individual ; further, morality and conscience ; further, 
the principles of civil order, and the forms in the history of 
art, science and philosophy. But abstract reflexion may so 
emphasize this element in opposition to the universal, as to 
lead to a view of morality that makes it to consist in a 
perpetual hostile conflict with one's own satisfaction — the 
demand " to do with aversion what duty commands." 

Such an abstract view gives rise to the "psychological 
view" of history, which seeks to belittle all great deeds and 
heroes by reducing the primary intentions which found their 
satisfaction in substantial activity, to mere morbid cravings 
for glory and renown, as the real motives of the actions. . . 
This is the view of " psychological valets to whom no men 
are heroes because they themselves are only valets." 

§126. 

The subjective, in connection with the particular content 
of well-being, stands (as being inwardly reflected, as some- 
thing infinite) at the same time in relation to the universal, 
/.^., to the potentially existing will. This phase, primarily 
posited in the form of particularity, is the well-being of others 
also — yes even, in a perfect yet empty definition, the welfare 
of alL Thus the essential aim and right of subjectivity is 



114 MORALITY, 

really the welfare of many other persons. But inasmuch as 
such absolute universality, as distinguished from such par- 
ticular content, has not yet been defined further than as 
being the right, these particular aims distinguished from uni- 
versal aims may or may not be consonant with them. 

§ 126. 

My own right, as well as that of others, is a right only in 
so far as I am a free being. Hence it cannot maintain itself 
in opposition to this, its substantial foundation. Further, 
any plan for the welfare of myself or of others (which we 
call moral design) cannot justify a wrong deed. 

Supplementary, — Even life is not a necessity when in con- 
flict with the higher freedom. The famous answer given to 
a libeller who excused himself by saying, il faut done que je 
Vive, wa,sje tCeti vols pas la necessitk. When St. Crispen stole 
leather to make shoes for the poor, his action may be called 
morale and yet it was unlawful and therefore unsound. 

§127. 

We may embrace under the term life, as personal exist- 
ence, the whole of the interests of the natural will. Life, 
in cases of extreme danger or in collision with the legal 
property of others, has a claim to the right of necessity (not 
in equity but as a right). It has such claim inasmuch as on 
the one hand we have the absolute violation of the total 
personality and, consequently, the total lack of right as 
concerns the individual, while on the other hand we have 
only the violation of a limited form of freedom. At the 
same time, however, the right as such is acknowledged as 
well as the claim to right of the one injured in this special 
property. 

Out of this right of necessity arises the heneficium com- 
petenticLe ; that to a debtor must be left his tools, farming im- 



INTENTION AND WELL-BEING, 1 1 5 

X>lenients, clothing — in a word, as much of his property as 
is absolutely necessary for his maintenance according to his 
condition of life. 

Supplementary. — Life has its claims as against any merely 
abstract right. Hence stealing a loaf of bread to preserve 
one's life is of course an unlawful act, but cannot be treated 
SIS common theft. If one, in immediate danger of losing 
liis life, should not be permitted to preserve his life at all 
liazards, he would be void of all rights. The loss of life 
implies the negation of the totality of his freedom. 

§ 128. 

This right of necessity reveals to us the finitude and con-^ 
sequently the contingency of right under the form of well- 
being. This form we see to be that of the abstract determi- 
nation of freedom, without its being the existence of the 
particular person. It is that of the particular will without 
the universality of the right. Its onesidedness and ideality 
(/. ^., its being reduced from independence to the form of 
being a constituent element in a larger whole) is accordingly 
posited, as it has in itself been already determined in the 
concept. Right has formerly characterized its determinate 
being as the particular will ; and subjectivity in its inclusive 
particularity is itself the determinate being of freedom, as 
it is potentially that of infinite relation of the will to itself, 
the universality of- freedom. Both phases in them thus 
unified to their truth, to their identity (though at first only 
in relative relation to each other) constitute the Good as the 
perfected, the independently characterized universal, and 
Conscience as (in itself knowing and in itself determining of 
content) infinite subjectivity. 



Ii6 MORALITY, 

THIRD SECTION. 
The Good and Conscience, 

§129. 

The Good is the Idea^ as the unity of the concept of the 
will and of the particular will. It is realized freedom, the 
absolute final purpose of the world. In this unity, abstract 
right, as well as well-beings and the subjectivity of knowledge 
and the contingency of external determinite being are an- 
nulled as independent in themselves, but at the same time 
are contained and preserved in it as to their essence. 

Supplementary, — Each phase is properly the Idea, But 
the earlier phases contain the Idea only in abstract form. 
Thus, for example, the Ego as personality is already the 
Idea^ but in its most abstract form. Hence the Good is the 
more fully determined Idea^ the unity of the concept of the 
will and of the particular will. It is not an abstract legal 
thing, but it is full of content. And it is this content which 
constitutes right as well as well-being, 

§130. 

In this Idea, well-being has no actual validity, as the deter- 
minate being of a particular individual will, but only as 
universal well-being and, essentially, as universal in itself, /. ^., 
according to the concept of freedom. Well-being is not good 
when devoid of right, nor is the right good when devoid of 
well-being. {Fiat justitia must not have as its consequence 
pereat mtmdus.) Consequently, the Good (as the necessity 
of actuality through the particular will and at the same time 
as its substance) has absolute right against the abstract 
right of property and any particular ends of well-being. 
Each of these phases, so far as distinguished from the 
good, has validity only in so far as it is in accordance with 
the Good and subordinate to it. 



THE GOOD AND CONSCIENCE. 117 

§ 131. 

Thus the Good is the absolutely essential for the subjective 
'will, which has worth and dignity only in so far as, in its 
insight and intent, it corresponds with the good. So far as 
the good is, at this stage, still the abstract Idea of the good, 
the subjective will has not yet been taken up into it and 
made conformable to it. Hence subjective will is in a 
relation to the good, inasmuch as the good is its substantial 
content. It is obligated to make the good its purpose and 
accomplish it. On the other hand the good is only actual- 
ized through the mediation of the subjective will. 

Supplementary. — The will is not absolutely good, but can 
only become the good that it is potentially, through its own 
labor. So, too, the good without the subjective element is 
only an abstraction. The development of the Good con- 
tains three stages: (i) The good for me the willing one, is 
particular will and I know it as such. (2) We define the 
Good and develop its particular characteristics. (3) We 
have the act of pointing out definitely what is the good as 
such, the particularity of the good as infinite self-dependent 
subjectivity. This internal act of specifying just what is 
good is the Conscience. 

§ 132. 

It is the right of the subjective will that whatever it is to 
recognize as binding be apprehended by it as good. This 
right involves, further, that a person be held responsible for 
any external action, only so far as he knows its external ^ 
value, whether it be right or wrong, good or bad, lawful or / 
unlawful. 

[Hegel further maintains, that as the good is only the truth 
of the will, it is only possible in thought and through 
thought. Hence all agnosticism is fatal to morality. It is 
indeed the highest right of the subject to recognize nothing 



Ii8 MORALITY. 

as obligatory which he, as a rational being, does not see to 
be such. But this subjective standpoint neglects the right 
of objective rationality. The insight of subjective reason is 
liable to be a mere fancy or an error. It is a proper part of 
one's subjective culture, that he attain to this right of insight 
I must have the conviction of a duty on good grounds, and 
must recognize it to be essentially my duty. . . . This 
right of insight into the very nature of good differs from the 
right of ^///-sight, of knowledge as to the external conse- 
quence of an act. The first has to do only with the inward 
peace of a quiet conscience. The latter concerns the con- 
formity of intention with external consequences. Hence it 
is that in the state, legal culpability cannot be restricted to 
the dictates of private conscience as to what is right or 
wrong. Here the citizen can only claim the right to have 
the laws so explicitly promulgated that he may know what 
is legal and illegal. Private conscience may be allowed to 
have its own convictions so long as these do not go forth 
in opposition to the existing ethical conditions of society. 
The law indeed judges children and the feeble-minded quite 
leniently. But it is the nature of man as man to be rational 
— to will the universal, and he must be held responsible for 
doing so. The incendiary is not only guilty of lighting a 
bundle of straw, but of burning down the house. He is 
responsible not only for the proposed external consequences 
of his deed, but also for his inner purpose to commit the 
deed, for his bad will. It is on this standpoint of con- 
science that responsibility for its dictates is demanded. . . . 

§ 133. 

The good stands in its relation to the subject as his own 
essential will, and hence as his bounden duty. However, 
there is still a distinction between the good and any par- 
ticular choice of the subjective will. At this stage the good 
has only the character of abstract universality. That is, it 



THE GOOD AND CONSCIENCE. 119 

has the form of Duty, Hence the maxim, ** Duty must be 
done for duty's sake." 

Supplementary, — ... It is the merit of the lofty stand- 
point of Kant's philosophy to have emphasized the signifi- 
cance of duty. 

§ 134. 

Every action demands some definite content and aim. 
But abstract duty does not contain such. Consequently the 
question arises, what is duty ? The only reply that can be 
given from this standpoint of duty is, to do right and to care 
for the welfare of one's self and of all his fellows. 

§ 135. 

[In this paragraph Hegel maintains that Duty is an abso- 
lutely abstract, contentless universal, and hence stigmatizes 
Kant's theory of duty as being an empty formalism, and 
his moral science, as mere talk about duty for duty's sake. 
This standpoint affords no immanent doctrine of particular 
duties. One can only arrive at particular duties by import- 
ing something into this empty principle from without. It 
contains no criterion asr to whether any particular act is 
a duty or not. In truth, one may say that any and every 
illegal and immoral act might be justified on Kant's maxim. 
It is only so far as the right of property and life are pre- 
supposed, that theft and murder contradict the maxim. 
Abstractly considered, however, the maxim does not con- 
tain this, but must borrow it from concrete ethical condi- 
tions already attained.*] 

§ 136. 

The nature of the good being thus abstract and formal, 
causes the other element of the Idea (that of particularity) 

1 Hegel refers to his fuller criticisms of Kant's principle made in his 
Phdnomenologie des Geistes^ which are reproduced by Prof. Edward 
Caird in his Critical Philosophy of Kant^ Vol, 11, ^^. \%^\%%, 



I20 MORALITY. 

to fall within the sphere of subjectivity. This subjectivity 
is (in its universality turned back into itself) its own abso- 
lute certitude of itself ; it is the specifying, the determining, 
the deciding element — in a word it is the Conscience, 

Supplementary, — We may speak in very lofty terms of 
duty. To do so elevates man and enlarges his heart. But 
such talk becomes tedious when it fails to point out and 
lead to the accomplishment of any single duty. The spirit 
requires some specific form as that to which he is obligated. 
But duty, as used by Kant, is that inner abysmal solitude, 
which excludes all specification. A man on the standpoint 
of mere Conscience is, indeed, freed from all shackles of 
special commands. In one way this is a higher standpoint 
It is the modern world that first attained to such conscious- 
ness. Previous ages have been more sensuous. They 
have had some external positive forms to guide them, either 
of a religious or legal sort. But Conscience knows and 
identifies itself with every thought. What is my own sub- 
jective thought, that alone is binding upon me. 

§ 137. 

The genuine conscience is that frame of mind (^Gesin- 
nung) which wishes for that only which is absolutely good. 
Hence it has well-established principles — the current explicit 
virtues and duties. As distinguished from this concrete 
content, the truth, it is only the formal side of the activity 
of the will which, as such, has no particular content. But 
the objective system of these principles and duties, and 
the union of the subjective knowledge with them, is first 
attained on the succeeding standpoint — that of Ethicality 
{SittUchkeit^. On the formal standpoint of morality, con- 
science lacks all such objective content. It is merely the 
infinite formal certitude of itself — of the subjective indi- 
vidual. 



THE GOOD AND CONSCIENCE, 12 1 

Conscience expresses the absolute right of the subjective 
self-consciousness, to know perfectly just what the right 
and the obligatory are. It can acknowledge nothing but 
that which it knows as absolutely good. Further, it must 
maintain as truly right and obligatory, whatever it thus 
knows and wills. Conscience is the unity of subjective 
knowledge and of the absolute truth. It is a holy of holies, 
to meddle with which would be sacrilegious. But it is only 
the definite content of what is esteemed to be good, which 
can decide whether the conscience of any particular indi- 
vidual corresponds to this Idea of the Conscience. Right 
and duty, as the absolutely rational characteristics of the 
will, are neither the particular quality of an individual's 
will, nor a mere sentimental form, but they are universal 
laws and principles. Through these .alone it is to be deter- 
mined whether one's conscience is true or not. Any appeal 
to only its own arbitrary views, is directly opposed to what 
it professes to be, that is, to the rational and absolutely 
valid modes of conduct. 

Hence the state cannot acknowledge the validity of any 
merely private conscience, any more than science can accept 
merely subjective views. Still the private conscience can 
separate itself from this true content and degrade it to a 
mere form and semblance, by standing upon its own views. 
Hence ambiguity in regard to conscience lies in the pre- 
supposed identity of subjective conscience with objective 
good, which renders it sacred. Private conscience, however, 
may claim the validity which belongs only to this absolutely 
rational content. We are now treating of the moral stand- 
point as distinguished from the ethical (sittlichen) standpoint. 
We have spoken of the true conscience here only to avoid any 
misunderstanding. Our criticisms of the formal conscience 
do not apply to the true conscience, which belongs to the 
ethical frame of mind treated of in Part Third, We note, 
too, that the religious conscience is not to be treated of here. 



122 MORALITY. 

§ 138. 

This form of private conscience really dissolves all definite 
forms of right and duty. It is the judge which determines 
its content from within. At the same time it is the power 
which actualizes any conjectured and obligatory good. 

[Hegel says that in epochs when the current forms of right 
and good could not satisfy the better will, philosophers like 
Socrates and the Stoics sought to find within themselves and 
to determine out of their own minds, truer forms of right 
and good. . . . 

Supplementary, — We may grant that no current form of 
morality is absolutely true and final. When any current 
form has become insufficient or obsolete, it is the preroga- 
tive of subjectivity to evolve another one. In truth every 
existing form of ethicality (concrete social morality) has 
been produced through this subjective activity of the social 
spirit. We may grant this without retracting our criticisms 
upon the formal and formless character of mere subject- 
ivity, before it has produced new forms. It is only in times 
when the current codes are empty and spiritless and exist 
as a mere dead letter, that it is right for the individual to 
withdraw to his own inner sanctuary. This was the case of 
Socrates. The same is also more or less true in some 
present conditions of society.] 

§ 139. 

The subjective will may thus refuse to acknowledge the 
validity of definite current forms of duty and insist upon 
maintaining its own inner convictions. In so far as it does 
so, it is really the possibility of elevating its own arbitrary 
caprice to supremacy over the true universal, and of actual- 
izing this usurpation in actual deed. That is, it is the 
possibility of being morally Evil {Ime). 

Mere private conscience is thus actually upon the very 
threshold of changing into the bad. Both morality and that 



THE GOOD AND CONSCIENCE, 123 

which is morally bad, have their common root in that certitude 
of itself which insists upon existing, knowing and choosing 
in an arbitrarily independent way. 

The origin of evil lies in the region of the mysterious, /. ^., 
in the speculative nature of freedom. Freedom must neces- 
sarily advance beyond the mere natural will, and must put 
itself in internal relation to it. This naturalness of the will 
comes into existence as the contradiction of its very self, 
and as incompatible with itself in this opposition. Thus it 
is this particularity of the will itself that characterizes itself 
as the evil. There is here an opposition of the merely 
natural will to the subjectivity of the will. In this oppo- 
sition, the subjective will is only relatively and formally 
independent being, as it can draw its content only from the 
properties of the natural will, — from its cravings, instincts, 
inclinations, etc. These latter may be either good or bad. 
But the will having such contingent content, is opposed to 
the universal, to the good. Hence its internality is really 
evil. Thus man is bad potentially or by nature, as well as 
through his intellectual advance, though neither mere nature 
nor thought, as such, are in themselves bad. But this side 
of the necessity of evil, absolutely implies that this evil be 
characterized as necessarily that which ought not to be, /. ^., 
that it ought to be negated, not that it should not have 
appeared. This constitutes the distinction between the 
irrational beast and man. It must needs be that the offense 
come, but not that man should hold to it, to his own destruc- 
tion. . . . The individual subject as such, is therefore abso- 
lutely responsible for the guilt of his own evil. 

Supplementary, — Man has the possibility of the good, 
that is of willing the universal. But he has also the possi- 
bility of evil, that is of identifying some particular form with 
the universal. He is thus good only inasmuch as he has 
the possibility of being bad. Moral good and evil are 
inseparable, through the concept becoming objective, and 



124 MORALITY, 

as such having the property of difference. The bad 
chooses something different from the universal will, \ 
the good will chooses what is conformable to its gen 
concept. . . . But the question of the origin of evil rel 
more strictly to the transition of the positive into the r 
tive. If God is held as being Himself the absolute A 
{Gcsctztc) in the creation of the world, there is no pos 
entrance for the negative. It would be an unsatisfai 
and empty relation to suppose the admission of the neg 
by God. In mytholog}' the origin of evil is not really 
prehendcd. The good and bad are not recognized as h 
anv connection other than an external one. But this wi 
satisfy thought, which demands to see hou* the negat: 
rooted in the positive. This solution is contained in th< 
concept, or in its self-developed form of the Idea, The 
as active, is essentially self-distinguishing, posits its otl 
its opposite out of itself. Thus the bad has its root 
self-activity of the will. The will, in concept, is go 
well as bad. The natural will is potentially this c 
diction — it must distinguish itself from itself in order 
developed and internal. The merely natural will is op 
to the contents of concrete freedom. The child an 
savage are thus held to a less degree of responsibility 
the fully developed and civilized man. 

The merely natural will, in its naive state, is neithei 
nor bad. It is only when it is brought into conscious re 
to the will as freedom, that it gels the property of 
that which ought not to be and thus becomes the m 
bad. The natural will, when still remaining in the edu 
civilized man, is no longer merely natural will, but 
element positively opposed to the good. It is false i 
that man is without guilt when he once sees that the m 
evil is a necessary element in the concept of will, for 
own choice of his deed is the act of his freedom and 
responsible for it. It was in man's getting the know 



THE GOOD A^'D CONSCIENCE 12$ 

of good and evil that he was said to have become like God. 
But this knowledge of good and evil is no merely natural 
necessity. It is rather the freely chosen solution of the 
usunanent opposition of good and evil. Both are present, 
and I have the choice between them. It is thus the nature 
of moral evil that it is the choice of man^ but not that he 
be compelled by any natural necessity to choose it. 

§140. 

Self consciousness has the wisdom and power to give its 
aims external form. Every such aim must have this posi- 
tive side, because purpose implies concrete external action. 
Thus it. is nominally for the sake of a duty and a good 
purpose, that self-consciousness is able to maintain an 
action as a good one, both as regards one's self and others, 
though the action be merely the identification of an arbi- 
trary subjective aim with the true universal. If one insists 
upon carrying out, under the guise of duty, such a sub- 
jective aim so as to affect other people, we have Hypocrisy. 
If it affects only the man himself, we have the very 
acme of mere subjectivity usurping the throne of the 
Absolute. 

We call this last and most abstruse form of moral evil the 
highest summit of subjectivity on the moral standpoint. 
Here we find the bad changing into the good and the good 
into the bad, through consciousness knowing and insisting 
upon its own power as absolute. This is the form in which 
we meet with moral evil in our day. Shallow thought, in 
the name of philosophy, has thus distorted a profound 
::oncept and arrogated the title of the good for the morally 
Dad. 

[Hegel here treats at some length of the current forms of 
;his false subjectivity : 

{a) There are three phases in the development of 
lypocrisy : — 




126 MORALITY, 

(a) The knowledge of the true universal, either in the 
form of the feeling of right and duty, or in the form of 
thorough knowledge of them. 

()3) The choosing of something particular in opposition to 
this known universal. 

(y) The conscious choice of evil as such. 

These phases represent the acting with a bad conscience, 
rather than hypocrisy as such. It is a weighty question 
whether an action is bad only in so far as it is done with a 
bad conscience. This is very well expressed by Pascal, 
who says : {Les Fr ovine, ^f lettre). lis seront tous damnes ces 
demi-pecheurs^ qui ont quelque amour pour la vertu, Mais 
pour ees franes-pkeheurs^ pSeheurs endureis, pecheurs sans 
melange, pleins et achei'h, Venfer ne les tient pas : ils ont 
trompe le diable d foree de s^y abandonner} 

The subjective right of knowing the moral character of 
one's deed, must not be thought to be in collision with 
absolute objective right, in such a way as to regard them as 
distinct and mutually indifferent to each other. The bad is 
formally the very core of the individual wrong-doer, inas- 
much as it is the assertion of absolute egoism. Hence, he 
is guilty of it. Yet man is inherently rational, in his capacity 
for knowing the absolutely universal. It would not be 
treating man in accordance with his high capacity, if we 
should not attribute his evil deed to him as really part of 
his very self. 

1 Pascal refers to Christ's prayer on the cross for the forgiveness of 
his enemies on the ground that " they know not what they do." This 
would have been a superfluous prayer if their ignorance had changed 
the character of their deed so as to make it not to be evil and thus not 
to need forgiveness. He also adduces Aristotle's distinction as to an 
act being ovk eldJis or ay voCH v. The former refers to ignorance of 
the external conditions. As to the other he says : " Every bad man is 
ignorant of what is to be done and what is left undone. And it is just 
this defect (dfiaprLa) that makes men unjust and wicked. But such 
ignorance does not make their actions involuntary (and not imputable), 
but only makes them bad." 



THE GOOD AND CONSCIENCE, 127 

(J)) But badness from a bad conscience is not yet hypo- 
crisy. Hypocrisy is rather the maintaining before others that 
one's bad deed is really good, and the external simulation 
of being good, pious, etc. — an artifice of fraud to deceive 
others. The bad man can, moreover, appeal to his general 
goodness and piety as grounds of self-justification for his 
bad action, using them as a cloak for perverting the bad 
into that which is good for himself. 

{c) To this perversion belongs that form known as Proba- 
biiism, Probabilism maintains the principle that any action 
is permitted for which any good reason may be found, even 
if this be only the opinion of a learned Doctor, however it 
may differ from the opinion of other Doctors. It, however, 
acknowledges that such an authority gives only probability, 
though it asserts it to be sufficient for quieting the con- 
science. It concedes that there may be other reasons just 
as good. It also acknowledges the necessity of some ob- 
jective ground for right conduct. The decision as to what 
is good (or bad) is placed upon the many good reasons 
including those authorities. But these are numerous and 
contradictory. Hence it is the arbitrary choice of the indi- 
vidual which must ultimately decide the case. This under- 
mines all ethicality and religious life. But, because Proba- 
bilism does not acknowledge this choice of the individual 
as the ground of decision, it is a form of hypocrisy, 

(d) The next phase is that which maintains that the good 
will consists in merely willing the good; that all which is 
needed to make an action good is that one wills the good 
in general. But the action has a content only as far as it 
. is a specific choice. The good, on the other hand, is not 
specific, and thus it is reserved to private choice to give it 
a content. In Probabilism some reverend Father is an 
authority. Here every one has the dignity of being an 
authority, specifying just what is good. But what one calls 
good may be only one side of the concrete case, and thus 



128 MORALITY, 

it may be really bad, all things being considered. This is 
the phase of Intention previously considered (§ 119). Here 
we have a conflict of qualities of a deed, it being good ac- 
cording to the one, and bad according to the other. Hence 
the question arises whether the intention is really good. But 
the individual always intends the good. The particular deed 
intended is still good (it is held), in spite of some of its 
sides being criminal and bad, — because it was intended. If 
the individual had intended some one of these bad sides 
instead of the one he did, it would still have been good, — 
because intended. 

Theft and murder are really, as deeds, the satisfaction 
of such a will as wills them. Thus they have a positive 
side in the will, and in order to make the deed good it is 
only necessary to intend the gratification of such a will. 
Theft and flight from battle for the sake of one^s life or 
that of his family, murderous revenge for one's gratification 
of his feeling of his own rights, killing a man because he 
is bad, — all such may be stamped as good deeds because 
of the good intention with which they are done. Thus it 
has even been said that there is no really bad man, as no 
one ever wills the bad for the sake of the bad, but always 
wills something positive, something which satisfies his will, — 
something good. Thus we find that all difference between 
good and evil, and all real duties, have disappeared in this 
abstract good. Therefore, to merely will the good, or to 
merely do a deed with good intention, is rather evil. 

Here we may consider the maxim: the end sanctifies the 
means. It might be replied: certainly a holy aim does, but 
an unholy aim does not sanctify the means. If the end is 
holy, the means are also holy. This would be a tautological 
expression, if "means" were used in its strict sense, that 
is, if it be strictly a means. But the real meaning of this 
expression is that even a bad " means," yes, even a crime, 
is permissible or obligatory if it leads to a good end. Thou 



THE GOOD AND CONSCIENCE, 129 

shalt not kill, and yet courts of justice and soldiers have 
not only the right but the duty to kill men. But in these 
cases it is strictly defined as to what kind of men and under 
what circumstance this is a right and a duty. Thou shalt 
preserve thy own life and that of thy family. But even 
this duty is subordinated to a higher end, and thus reduced 
to a means. But what is designated as a crime is not an 
indefinite thing still open to discussion, but has its clearly- 
defined character. The sacred aim which is opposed to the 
criminal means, is nothing more than a private opinion as 
to what is good or better. Finally, we have mere private 
opinion expressly proclaimed as the rule of right and duty. 
{e) That is we have private conviction as to what is right 
made the judge of the ethical {sittliche) nature of an act. 
The good, which a man wills, has no specific content as yet, 
and the principle of private conviction demands that the 
individual subsume an act under the character of that which 
is good for himself. Here even the appearance of any 
ethical objectivity has disappeared. Such a doctrine is 
directly connected with the so-called philosophy which denies 
the knowableness of truth and consequently that of ethical 
laws. As such a philosophy esteems the knowableness of 
truth to be an empty conceit, it must make the merely outward 
appearance of an action the measure of its truth, and con- 
sequently place the ethical in the peculiar world-conception 
and private conviction of the individual. Such a degraded 
form of philosophy may seem to be the idle talk of scholas- 
tics, but the evil of it is that it gradually makes its way into 
ethical thought and then shows its real baseness. When 
such views as those we have mentioned obtain currency, 
there is no longer either vice or hypocrisy. Everything is 
justified by the intention and by the outward appearance.^ 

1 I do not doubt but that one may be thoroughly convinced. But 
how many men undertake the worst crimes out of just such felt convic- 
tions. If this ground were allowed there could be no longer any 



130 MORALITY. 

But the possibilit}' of error must sometimes force itself 
upon those holding this principle of private conviction, and 
thus give rise to the demand for an absolute and universal 
law. But law does not act. It is only the real man who acts. 
In measuring the worth of a man the only question is con- 
cerning how far he has received the law into his heart and 
mind, — how far his conWction has been aflFected by it But 
if man's actions are not to be judged according to that law 
it is hard to see what purpose that law serves. Such a law 
is degraded to a mere outer letter, for it is only through my 
conviction that it becomes a law binding me to the obli- 
gator}-. Such a law may have the authority of God, of the 
State, of millenniums in which it was the bond uniting men 
in all their manifold relations; and yet against all these 
authorities I oppose the authority of my subjective con- 
viction. Such self-conceit appears at first as tremendous, 
and yet this principle of private judgment which we are here 
considering justifies this conceit. Shallow philosophy and 
bad sophistr}' may lead to such higher inconsequence. And 
if they then admit the possibility of error, and consequently 
of crime, they still seek to reduce it to its minimum. For, 
say they, to err is human. Who has not daily erred concern- 
ing more or less important things. And yet even the dis- 
tinction between important and unimportant things vanishes, 
when private conviction is considered to be ultimate. The 
admission of the possibility of an error is changed into the 
assertion that a wrong conviction is only an error. This is 
but a step removed from dishonesty. For at one time all 
ethicality and human worth are placed in private conviction, 
thus elevating it to the highest and holiest position. At 
another time private conviction is regarded as merely an 

rational judgment as to good and bad, right and wrong or the noble and 
ignoble. Delusion would have equal right with sound sense. Reason 
would have no right, or validity — only the one who doubted would be in 
the truth. I shudder before the consequence of such tolerance, which 
would be exclusively to the advantage of un-reason. — Fr. A. J acobi. 



THE GOOD AND CONSCIENCE. 131 

error. In fact my conviction is extremely insignificant. If 
I cannot know anything true, then it is a matter of indiffer- 
ence how or what I think, and there remains for my thought 
only that empty good of the abstract understanding. 

Moreover, there results the consequence that others, who 
act according to their convictions, may regard my actions 
(from conviction) as crimes, and that they are quite right in 
doing so. Thus I am cast down from the pinnacle of free- 
dom and honor into 4Jie condition of slavery and dishonor. 
Thus the principle of private conviction (of others) meets 
me as an avenging judge. 

(/) The highest form of the expression of this subjectivity 
(a term borrowed from Plato, though used in a different 
-way) is that of Irony, This is the conviction not only of 
the unreality and vanity of all rights, laws, duties and vir- 
tues, but it is thie recognition of its own vanity, and, at the 
same time, of itself, as absolute. The ego is all. It has 
become conscious of its own utter emptiness, and yet main- 
tains itself as the ultimate and fundamental reality in an 
empty world. The ego which creates, names and destroys 
its own good and evil has become conscious of its own utter 
invalidity and vanity. Such Irony is only possible in a 
period of great culture, when all earnest belief has vanished 
and the vanity of vanities appears as the only reality. Here 
there is no real good acknowledged, either objective or sub- 
jective. One's own desires, aims, and good, are recognized 
as equally invalid with current codes of morality, and yet 
they are deliberately maintained as having absolute validity.] 

Transition from Morality to Ethicality (Sittlichkeit), 

§ HI. 

The good is as yet abstract. But, as the concrete sub- 
stance of freedom, it demands determinations or qualities in 
general, as well as the principle of freedom, as identical with 
the good. Conscience, which is yet only an abstract principle 



132 MORALITY, 

of determination, likewise demands that its determinations 
be given universality and objectivity. We have seen how 
both good and duty, when either of them is raised to inde- 
pendent universality, lack that specific definite character 
which they ought to have. But the integration of both the 
good and Conscience^ as relatively independent, is p)otentially 
accomplished in their organic unity. For we have seen sub- 
jectivity vanishing into its own emptiness, already posited 
(in the form of pure self-certitude or conscience), as identical 
with the abstract universality of the good. This integration 
of i/ie good and Conscience is the real truth of them both. It 
is their concrete organic unity. This unity is the sphere of 
Ethicality^ or the concrete ethical world of social life. 

This transition is more scientifically developed in the 
Logic. We are here concerned with its finite abstract side, 
/. <?., with good demanding actualization and with conscience 
demanding the good for its content. But both of these, as 
yet partial phases, are not yet explicitly developed into that 
which they are potentially. This development of both the 
good and of conscience, so that neither lacks the other; this 
integration of both into an organic unity, in which each is 
retained as a member rather than as an independent thing, 
is the realized Idea of the will. In this each one attains its 
true reality. . . . 

We found the first definite characteristic of the determi- 
nate being (Dasein) of freedom to be that of Abstract Right, 
This, however, passed through the reflexion of self-conscious- 
ness into the form of the good. Here now we have the truth 
of abstract right as well as of both the good and conscience. 
The Ethical {Sittliche) is subjective disposition of mind, but 
only in reference to implicit^ (an sicJi) rights. That this 

^ It seems that Hegel's thought requires some other term than im- 
plicit {an sick) here. The ethical in general has to do with the explicit. 
Hegel's reference to it here as subjective disposition in reference to 
implicit rights is only made in passing and without further elucidation, 
and is inexplicable. 



THE GOOD AND CONSCIENCE. 133 

Idea is the truth of the concept of freedom, cannot be merely 
an accepted presupposition, but must be demonstrated by 
philosophy. This demonstration is simply that of showing 
how both abstract right and conscience lead back into this 
organic unity as their truth. 

Supplementary, — Both the standpoints previously con- 
sidered lack their opposites. Abstract good vanishes into 
perfect powerlessness, and conscience shrivels into objective 
insignificance. Hence there may arise a longing for objec- 
tivity. A man would sometimes gladly humble himself to 
slavish dependency in order to escape the torture and empti- 
ness of mere negativity. This accounts for the many recent 
perversions to the Catholic Church. Such persons have 
found no definite codes and dogmas within their own 
spirit and have reached^ out after something stable, after 
an authority, even if what they obtained was devoid of the 
substantiality of thought. Ethicality (Sittlichkeit), or the 
ethical world of social life, is the absolute unity of sub- 
jective and objective good. In this sphere is found the 
solution of the antinomy in strict accordance with the con- 
cept of freedom. Ethicality is not merely the subjective 
form and the self-determination of the will, but it has real 
freedom for its content. Both right and morality need the 
ethical for their foundation, as without it neither has any 
actuality. Only the Idea^ the true infinite is actual. Rights 
exist only as the branch, or as a plant clinging round a 
firm tree. 



THIRD PART. 

ETHICALITY {SITTLICHKEIT). 

§142. 

Ethicality, or the ethical world of concrete social life, is 
the Idea of freedom, as the vital and virile good. It is in 
self-consciousness that this good attains to its knowledge 
and volition, and through their activity to its own actualiza- 
tion. On the other hand it is in this ethical substance that 
self-consciousness has its absolute ground and efficient end. 
Ethicality is the concept of freedom, developed into the present 
existing world and into the nature of self-consciousness. 

§ 143. 

Since this unity of the concept of the will and its determi- 
nate being (I)asein\ which is the particular will, is know- 
ing, the consciousness of the difference between these 
moments of the Idea is present, but in such a manner that 
now each moment by itself is the totality of thejdeay and 
has the Idea as ground and contents. 

§ 144. 

(a) The objective ethical (objektive Sittliche\ which takes 
the place of abstract good, is substance, concrete through its 
subjectivity as infinite form. This substance posits thence 
differences in itself, which thereby are determined by the 
concept, and through which the ethical concept gains a 
fixed content, which is explicitly necessary and elevated 
above subjective opinion and inclination. This content 
consists of the in and for themselves existing laws and 
institutions. 



136 ETHICALITY {SITTLICHKEIT). 

Supplementary, — In all ethicality {Sittlichkeit^ both the 
objective and the subjective moments are present ; but both 
are its forms only. The good is here substance, that means 
the filling up of the objective with subjectivity. When 
ethicality is viewed from the objective standpoint, it may be 
said that the ethical man is unconscious of himself. In this 
sense, Antigone declared that no one knew whence the laws 
had come ; that t^gy were eternal : that is to say, they are 
the absolutely independent realities, the determinations 
proceeding from the nature of the case. But none the less 
this substantial has also a consciousness, although this con- 
sciousness has always, on this standpoint, only the position 
of a phase. 

§ 145. 

In the fact that the ethical is the system of these determi- 
nations of the Idea^ consists its rationality. In this manner 
it becomes freedom, or the in and for itself existing will as 
the objective, the sphere of necessity, whose moments are 
the ethical powers that rule the lives of individuals and 
are actualized and revealed in them as their attributes 
{Accidenzefi) and conceptions. 

Supplemejiiary, — Since the concept of freedom consists in 
the ethical determinations, these are the substantiality or 
the universal essence of the individuals, who, consequently, 
are related to this universal factor as something accidental. 
Whether the individual exists or not is indifferent to 
objective ethicality, which alone is the enduring and the 
power through which the lives of individuals are ruled. 
Hence, ethicality, or concrete morality, has been represented 
to mankind as eternal justice, as gods existing in and for 
themselves, against whom the vain striving of the individuals 
becomes only a fluctuating play. 



ETHIC A LI TY {SITTUCHKEIT), I37 

§ 146. 

(/3) The substance is, in this its actual self-consciousness^ 
cognizant of itself, and hence object of knowledge. On 
the one hand, by virtue of the fact that they exist in the 
highest sense of independence, the ethical substance, its 
laws, and domination, have for the subject an absolute 
authority and force, infinitely more stable than the mere 
being \das Sein\ of nature. 

The sun, moon, mountains, rivers, objects of nature in 
general, exist; they have for consciousness the authority 
not only of mere existence in general, but also of having 
a particular nature. Consciousness respects this particular 
nature, and is guided by it when employed with objects of 
nature. But the authority of ethical laws is infinitely higher, 
since the things in nature present rationality only in a wholly 
external {ausserliche) and particular manner, and conceal this 
rationality under the form of the contingent. 

§ 147. 

On the other hand, the ethical substance, its laws and 
authority, are nothing foreign to the subject, but they afford 
the subject the testimony of the spirit^ as being of its own 
essence^ as that in which it feels itself to exist {Seldstgefiihl), 
and in which it lives as in its proper element, undifferen- 
tiated from itself, — a condition that is unmediated and as 
yet identical, even as faith ai;d trust are. 

Faith and trust belong to incipient reflection, and pre- 
suppose a conception and differentiation; as, for example, 
believing in a heathen religion is different from being a 
heathen. This relation, or rather relationless identity, in 
which the ethical is the actual vitality of self-consciousness, 
can under all circumstances resolve itself into a relation of 
faith and conviction, and into something mediated by further 
reflection, into insight founded on reasons. This insight 



138 ETHICALITY {SITTLICHKEIT), 

may also begin from any particular aims, interests or con- 
siderations, from fear or hope, or from historical antecedents. 
But its adequate recognition belongs to the thinking con- 
cept. 

§148. 

For the individual, who distinguishes himself from these 
substantial determinations as the subjective and in himself 
indeterminate, or as the particularly determined, and to 
whom they hence stand in the relation of substance, these 
substantial determinations become duties which, in relation 
to his will, are obligatory. 

The ethical doctrine of duties (that is, as it is objectively^ 
and not as conceived according to the empty principle of 
moral subjectivity, according to which, indeed, nothing 
determines it [§134]) is, consequently, the systematic devel- 
opment of the sphere of ethical necessity. This forms the 
content of this Part Third of this treatise. The difference 
of this presentation from the form of a doctrine of duties con- 
sists in this alone, that, in what follows, the ethical deter- 
minations present themselves as necessary relations, without 
any further consequence being added to each of them. 
Hence this determination is a duty for man, A doctrine of 
duties, when not a philosophical science, takes its subject- 
matter from conditions and relations contingently presented, 
and shows their connection with individual conceptions, 
with those principles and thoughts, aims, motives, feelings, 
and the like, which are generally entertained, and can add 
as reasons the further consequence of each duty in reference 
to other ethical relations, as well as in reference to common 
welfare and opinion. But an immanent and consistent 
doctrine of duties can be nothmg else than the evolution of 
those relations which become necessary through the Idea of 
freedom, and hence actual throughout their whole extent, 
in the State. 



ETHICALITY (SITTLICHKEIT). 139 

§149. 

Obligatory duty can appear as a limitation^ only to 
undetermined subjectivity or abstract freedom, and to the 
desires of the natural will, or to that moral will which deter- 
mines its indeterminate good through its own caprice. But 
the individual has in duty rather his liberation^ on the one 
hand, from the dependence imposed on him when under 
the influence of natural desires alone, as well as from the 
oppression which he suffers as subjective particularity in 
the moral reflexion as to what ought and what may be 
done ; and, on the other hand, from the undetermined sub- 
jectivity which does not express itself and thus attain the 
objective characteristics of action, but remains in itself as a 
non-actuality. In duty the individual shakes off subjective 
fetters and attains substantial freedom. 

Supplementary, — Duty limits only the caprice of subjec- 
tivity, and comes in conflict only with the abstract good to 
which subjectivity clings. When men say, "We wish to be 
free," this means at first only, "We wish to be free in an 
abstract sense," /'. ^., free from objective laws. Hence 
every determination and organic differentiation in the State 
is held to be a limitation of this freedom. Duty is not a 
limitation, or restriction of freedom but of the abstraction 
of freedom, that is to say, of the opposite to freedom : duty i 
is the arrival of freedom at determinate being, 'the gaining / 
of affirmative freedom. 

§ 150. 

The ethical, in so far as it reflects itself in the individual 
character, as such is determined by nature, is virtue. 

Inasmuch as this shows itself as nothing but the simple 
conformity of the individual to the duties of the situation in 
which he finds himself, virtue is rectitude. 



I40 ETHIC A LI TY {SITTLICHKEIT), 

What man should do, what duties he must fulfil in order 
to be virtuous, is easily determined in an ethical community. 
There is nothing else for him to do than that which is pre- 
scribed, proclaimed and made known to him in his ethical 
relations. Rectitude is the universal, that which can be 
promoted in him partly as the ethical and partly as the 
legally right. But for the moral standpoint, rectitude easily 
appears as something subordinate, over and above which 
one must demand something still more in one^s self and 
others. The desire to be something pa r/k// /a r is not satisfied 
with conformity to the universal and objective forms of duty 
as existing in the current conventional morals. Such a 
desire finds only in an exception the consciousness of the 
desired peculiarity. The different sides of rectitude may just 
as properly be called virtues, since they are just as much the 
property (though in the comparison with others, not the 
particular property) of the individual. 

But discourse about virtue borders easily on empty decla- 
mation, since it treats only of an abstract and indefinite 
matter. Such discourse with its reasons and manner of 
presentation also appeals to the individual, as to a being of 
caprice and subjective inclination. In an ethical condition 
of society, whose relations are fully developed and actual- 
ized, such peculiar forms of virtue have a place and actuality 
only in extraordinary circumstances and collisions of these 
relations — that is, in actual collisions^ for moral reflection 
can, indeed find collisions under any circumstances, and 
obtain for itself the consciousness of having made sacri- 
fices and of being something particular and peculiar. For 
this reason this form of virtue as such occurs oftener in 
imdeveloped states of society and of the community. In 
such earlier stages the ethical and its actualization is more 
of an individual choice and a genial nature peculiar to 
the individual. The ancients, we know, predicated virtue 
especially of Hercules. In the ancient state however, 



ETHICALITY {SITTLICHICEIT), 141 

ethicality had not grown to this free system of an independ- 
ent development and objectivity — thus the deficiency had 
to be supplied by the geniality of the individual. 

The doctrine of virtues, when not simply a doctrine of 
particular duties, includes the character which is founded in 
natural determinations. Thus it embraces a spiritual history 
of the natural man. 

Since the virtues are the ethical in reference to the par- 
ticular, and from this subjective side something undetermined, 
the quantitative ** more " or *' less " appears as their deter- 
mination ; and their contemplation brings up the opposite 
defects as vice. Thus Aristotle determined the correct 
signification of the particular virtues as the mean between 
I too-much and a too-little. The same content which takes 
:he form of duties and then that of virtues, has also the 
:orm of impulses. These, also, have the same fundamental 
content. But since this content of the impulses belongs still 
:o the immediate will and the natural sensibilities, and has 
lot been developed to the determination of ethicality, the 
mpulses have only the abstract object in common with 
:he content of duties and virtues. But this abstract object, 
)eing without determination in itself, does not contain the 
imits of good and evil in itself. In other words, the im- 
3ulses are good according to the abstraction of the positive, 
md conversely bad, according to the abstraction of the 
negative (§ 18). 

Supplementary. — Where a person does this or that ethic- 
ally good act, he is not straightway virtuous, but this he 
is when ethical behavior is a stable element in his character. 
Virtue is rather ethical virtuosoship. The reason that we 
do not speak so much of virtue now as formerly, is that 
ethicality is no longer so much some peculiar quality of a 
particular individual as formerly. The French are, in the 
main, the people who speak most of virtue, because among 
them the individual is considered rather as something pecu- 



142 ETHICAUTY (SITTLICHKEIT). 

liar, and as having a natural (/. e,, not yet ethical) manni 
of action. The Germans, on the contrary, are more though 
ful, and among them the same content gains the form i 
universality. 

§ 151. 

But in the simple identity with the actuality of individual 
the ethical appears as their common manner of acting, j 
custom. This habitual manner of acting becomes a secon 
nature, which takes the place of that which at first is simp 
natural will. It becomes the penetrating soul, meanin 
and actuality of its existence, the living and present spit 
as a world, whose substance first then exists as spirit. 

Supplementary, — As nature has her laws, as the anim; 
the trees, the sun, fulfil their law, so also is custom the h 
belonging to the spirit of freedom. That which legal rig 
and morality have not yet attained, that custom is, name 
spirit. For in legal right the particularity is not yet that 
the concept, but only that of the natural will. Likewii 
at the stage of morality, self-consciousness is not yet spiriti 
consciousness. The question is, then, only concerning t 
worth of the subject in himself ; that is to say, the subj( 
which determines himself in accordance with the go 
against the evil, has still the form of arbitrariness. On t 
other hand, at the ethical stage, the will is the will of t 
spirit and has a substantial content adequate unto itse 
Pedagogy is the art of making men ethical : it conside 
man as a merely natural being — it shows the way to a n( 
birth, how to convert his first nature into a second spiriti 
nature, so that this spiritual becomes a habit in him. 
this habit the opposition of the natural and subjective vi 
disappears and the struggle of the subject is broken. Th 
habit belongs to ethicality to the same extent as to phil 
sophic thought, for the latter demands that the spirit shall 1 
cultured so as to be opposed to arbitrary notions, and th 



ETHIC A LI TY [SITTLICHKEIT), 143 

"Chese shall be crushed and conquered, in order that rational 

"thought have free course. 

But man also dies of habit, that is, he is dead when he 

Hias fully habituated himself to life, when he has become 
spiritually and physically obtuse, and when the opposition 
l>elonging to subjective consciousness and spiritual activity 
has disappeared. For man is active only as long as there is 
is something he has not attained, in reference to which he 
wishes to be productive and effective. When this is accom- 
plished, virile activity and vitality {Lebendigkeit\ disappear, 
and the absence of interest that then ensues is spiritual 
or even physical death. 

§152. 

In this manner, ethical subsiantiality comes to its right 
and this right gains its realization. For the self-will and 
independent conscience of the individual, which existed 
as for itself only and produced an opposition against the 
concrete ethical life, disappear, when the ethical character 
- recognizes as its motive and end {bewegende Zweck) the un- 
3 moved universal that has been reduced by its determina- 
: tions to actual rationality ; and when this ethical character 
; recognizes its value, as well as the persistence (Bestehen) of 
i» particular ends, as being grounded and having its actuality 
r in this determined universal. Subjectivity is the absolute 
I form itself and the existing actuality of substance. The 
J distinction of the subject from substance, viewed as the 
r objects, ends, and power of the subject, is nothing but the 
:: likewise immediately {unmittelbar^ i. e., not mediately) van- 
ished distinction of form. 

Subjectivity, which is the ground of existence for the con- 
l cept of freedom (§ 106) and which, on the moral standpoint, 
i is still differentiated from said concept, becomes, in the 
I ethical sphere, the adequate existence of the concept of 
i freedom. 



144 ETHICAL! TV ^SITTLICHKEIT). 

§ 153. 

The right of individuals to their subjective determination c 
freedom has its reahzation in the fact that they belong 1 
ethical reality, inasmuch as the certitude of their freedo 
has its truth in such objectivity, and they (the individual 
actually possses in the ethical sphere their essential beii 
(Jf'csen) and their inner universality (§ 147). 

To a father who asked how he might best bring up I 
son, a Pythagorean (it is also attributed to others) answere 
**By making him the citizen of a state with good laws,^^ 

Supplementary. — The pedagogical attempt to keep pup 
away from the common (/. <?., communal) life of the presei 
and to bring them up in the country (Rousseau in '•^Emile 
has been a vain experiment, for to estrange men from t 
laws of the world cannot prove a success. Even if yoi 
is educated in solitude, it is certainly unwarranted to thi 
that no fragrant breeze from the spirit-world should e> 
invade this solitude, and that the power of the world-spi 
is too weak to take possession of this little separated tei 
tory. When he is the citizen of a good state ^ the individi 
first gains his just rights. 

"The realm of moxdXiiy (^Sittlichkeit) is nothing but t 
absolute spiritual unity of the essence of individuals, whi 
exists in their independent reality. . . . This moral si 
stance, looked at abstractly from the mere side of its u 
versality, is the laiv as the expression of such thought. 1 
from another point of view it is also immediate actual s< 
consciousness as custom. On the other hand, the individi 
consciousness exists as a unitary member of the univer 
consciousness. Its action and existence are the univer 
custom (^Sitte or c^os), in which it lives and moves and \ 
its being. . . . 

"Any merely particular action or business of the individi 
relates to the needs of himself as a natural being. I 



ETHICALITY [SITTLICHKEIT) I4S 

these, his commonest functions, are saved from nothingness 
and given reality solely by the universal maintaining medium, 
that is, through the power of the whole people of which 
he is a member. It is this power, too, which gives content 
as well as form to his actions. What he does is the uni- 
versal skill and custom of all. Just so far as this content 
completely individualizes itself, is its reality inwoven with 
the activity of all. The labor of the individual for his own 
wants is at the same time a satisfying of the needs of others, 
and reciprocally the satisfaction of his own needs is attained 
only through the labor of others. Thus the individual un- 
consciously does an universal work in doing his own indi- 
vidual work. But he also does this consciously. The whole, 
as his object, is that for which he sacrifices himself, and 
through which sacrifice he fulfils himself. Here there is 
nothing but what is reciprocal; nothing even in the appar- 
ently negative activity of the independent individual, but such 
as enables him to attain the positive significance of independ- 
ent being. This unity, which throbs through both the nega- 
tion and the affirmation of the individual, speaks its universal 
language in the common custom and laws of his people. 
Yet this unchanging essence, — the spirit of his people, — 
is itself simply the expression of the single individuality 
which seems to be opposed to it. The laws proclaim what 
each one is and does. The individual recognizes this essence 
as not only his universal outward existence, but also as that 
which is particularized in his own individuality and in that 
of fellow-citizens. Hence each one has in this universal 
spirit nothing else than assurance of himself, and finds in 
existing reality nothing but himself. In it I behold only 
independent beings like myself. In them I see the free 
unity of self with others, which exists through others as it 
does through me. I see them as myself and myself as them 
in this free unity or universal substance. Thus reason is 
realized in truth in the life of a free people. It is present, 



146 ETHICALITY (SITTLICHKEIT), 

living spirit, in which the individual not only finds his char- 
acter, /. ^., universal and particular essence, proclaimed and 
prepared ready to hand, but also finds that he himself is this 
essence, and has attained his definite character. Hence 
the wisest men of antiquity have proclaimed the maxim: 
that wisdom and virtue consist in living in harmony with 
the l<do% (morals) of one's own people." ^ 

§ 154. 

The right of individuals to special characteristics, is con- 
tained in ethical substantiality, since particularity is the 
manner of the external appearance in which the ethical 

exists. 

§155. 

In this identity of the universal and particular will, duty 
and right consequently coincide, and man has in the ethical 
sphere duties to the same extent as rights, and rights to the 
same extent as duties. In abstract legal right, the ego has 
the right and another has the duty ; in the moral sphere, 
only the right of my own knowledge and will, together with 
my welfare united with duty, are demanded. 

Supplementary, — The slave can have no duties, for duties 
belong to the free man alone. If all rights were on one side 
and all duties on the other, the whole (das Ganze) would 
dissolve, for identity alone is the foundation which we here 
must hold fast. 

§ 156. 

The ethical substance, as containing the independent self- 
consciousness that coincides with its concept, is the actual 
spirit of a family and a people. 

^ HegePs Phiinomenologie des Geistes^ pp. 256-3, cf. Bradley's Ethical 
Studies^ pp. 167-8. 



ETHICALITY [SITTUCHKEIT). 147 

Supplementary, — The ethical is not abstract like the good^ 
but is, in an intensive sense, actual. The spirit has actuality, 
and individuals are the accidents of this actuality. Conse- 
quently, in the ethical sphere, there are only two points 
of view possible : either to start from substantiality, or to 
proceed in an atomistic manner and rise from individuality 
as foundation. But the latter point of view is spiritless, 
since it leads only to a conglomeration ; for the spirit is 
nothing individual, but it is the unity of the individual and 
universal. 

§157. 

The concept of this Idea is only spirit, self-knowledge, and 
actuality, when it is the objectification of itself, the move- 
ment through the form of its moments. It is, therefore : 

{a) The immediated, or natural ethical spirit ; — the 
family. 

This substantiality changes at the loss of its unity into 
that of separation (of the members of the family) and to the 
standpoint of the relative, thus becoming, 

(J)) The civic community^ a union of the members as 
indep^endent individuals (J, e,, as private persons) in a formal 
universality, through their needs, and through the legal con- 
stitution as a means for the safety of persons and property, 
and through an external order for their individual and com- 
mon interests. This external state centers itself together 

(r) In the end and actuality of the substantial universal, 
and of the public life devoted to the common weal — in the 
ofnstitution of the State. 



148 ETHIC A LI TY (SITTUCHKEIT). 

FIRST SECTION. 

The Family, 

§158. 

The family, as the unmediated substantiality of the spii 
has its emotional sense of unity, love^ for its characteristic 
so that the disposition is to have the self-consciousne: 
of one's individuality in this unity as in an independei 
essentiality, in order to be united to the family not as 
person for himself, but as a member. 

Supplementary, — Love means in general the conscioii 
ness of my unity with another ; so that I do -not rema 
isolated for myself, but gain my self-consciousness only ; 
the renunciation of my exclusive independence {Fiirsic 
seins), and thereby know myself as the unity of myself wi 
the other and of the other with me. But love is feelin 
that is, it is ethicality in the primitive natural form. In tl 
State we do not find love ; there one is conscious of tl 
unity as the unity of law, there the content must be ration 
and I must know it. The first phase of love is that I wii 
not to be an independent person for myself, and that, if 
am, I feel myself defective and incomplete. The secoi 
phase is that I win myself in another person, that I a 
recognized in him as he is in me. Love is, hence, a mc 
monstrous contradiction to the understanding, which it c; 
not solve, since nothing harder is found than this puncti 
ousness of self-consciousness which is denied, and which 
am still said to have affirmed. But love is at once t 
source and the solution of the contradiction ; as solutii 
it is ethical concord. 

§169. 

The right which belongs to the individual on the groui 
of family-unity, and which at first is his life in this uni 



THE FAMILY, 149 

itself, appears only in the form of (legal) rights as of the 
abstract phase of the determined individuality^ when once 
dissolution of the family takes place. Here, those who 
have been its members, become independent persons in 
their disposition and actuality, and receive separately (and 
consequently in an external way, as wealth, support, cost of 
education, and the like) that which they obtained in the 
family as their natural heritage. 

Supplementary, — The right of the family consists properly 
in this : that its substantiality shall have determinate exist- 
ence {Daseiri), Consequently, it is a right against any 
external impediments, and against secession from this unity. 
But on the contrary, again, love is a feeling, a subjective 
affair, against which the unity (Einigkeit) cannot make itself 
effective. Hence, when unity is to be promoted it can be 
done only by the agency of such things which, according to 
their nature, are external and not dependent on feeling. 

§ 160. 

The family consummates itself on three sides : 

(a) In the form of its immediate concept, as wedlock, 

(S) In external existence {Dasein)^ in the property and 

goods of the family, and in the care of the same. 

(c) In the bringing up of the children and the dissolution 

::>£ the family. 

A. Wedlock, 

§161. 

Wedlock contains, as the immediate ethical relation^ first the 
moment of natural vitality {Lebendigkeit\ and, indeed, as 
substantial relation, life in its totality, viz,^ as actuality of 
the species and its process. But, secondly in self-conscious- 
ness the implicitly existing unity of the natural sexes, which 
for that reason is only an external unity, is transformed into 
a spiritual one, into self-conscious love. 



150 ETHICALITY {SITTLICHKEIT). 

Supplementary. — Wedlock is essentially an ethical relation. 
Formerly, especially in most treatises on natural rights, it 
has been considered only from the physical side, from what 
it is on its merely natural side. Hence it has been con- 
sidered as a sexual relation only, and has remained closed in 
every way to the other characteristics of wedlock. But it is 
just as crude to conceive wedlock as nothing but a civil con- 
tract, a conception that occurs even with Kant, for then the 
mutual arbitrary choice makes a compact for the individuals, 
and wedlock is degraded to an ordinary mutual contract 
A third conception, just as reprehensible, is to hold that 
wedlock is founded on love alone. For love, being a feeling, 
is always open to chance — a form which the ethical must 
not have. Hence wedlock is more closely determined as 
legally ethical love. With this determination, the transient, 
capricious and subjective in the concept of wedlod 
disappear. 

§162. 

As the subjective point of inception for wedlock, either 
the particular inclination of the two persons entering the 
relation, or the plans and arrangements of the parents, etc., 
appear the more prominent. The objective point of incep- 
tion is the free consent of the persons in question, a consent, 
indeed, to be henceforth one person^ to resign their natural 
and individual personality for this unity. This is a self- 
limitation in this respect, but also, since in it they gain their 
substantial self-consciousness, it is their liberation. It is 
therefore the objective destiny and ethical duty of man to 
enter the state of wedlock. As to the matter of the external 
point of inception of wedlock, it is, according to its nature, 
accidental, and depends especially on the culture of reflection. 
The two extremes are : either the arrangements of well- 
meaning parents is the first step, and, as a result of the 
prearranged acquaintance, an inclination arises in the persons 



THE FAMILY, 151 

who are being selected for each other for the union of love ; 
or the inclination appears first in the persons in question, as 

- diversely constituted as they may be. The former extreme, 
_. or in general, the way in which the resolve to marry takes its 
^ beginning, and has the inclination as a result so that at the 

- actual marriage both are united, may be considered the more 
ethical way. In the other extreme, the infinitely particular 

~ individuality gets its pretensions recognized and is connected 

^ with the subjective principle of the modem world. (See 

"^ above § 124.) But in modern dramas and other produc- 

"^ tions of art, where sexual love is the fundamental interest, 

" there is an element of penetrating chilliness. In the heart 

of the passion presented, through the thorough arbitrariness 

\. connected with the same, this chilliness is brought about by 

^ presenting the whole interest as depending on tAese (persons) 

^ alone, when, indeed, it may be of Infinite importance for 

tAem but is not of such interest when in its merely natural 

form. 

Supplementary, — In nations where the feminine sex is 
less respected, the parents arrange marriage as they please, 
without consulting the individuals in question, and these are 
content with this arrangement, since any special definite 
direction of sentiment has as yet no pretensions. The 
maiden desires a husband, and he a wife in general (/. ^., 
without caring for more particular characteristics of the 
desired consort). In other states of society, considerations 
of fortune, connections, and political ends may be the de- 
termining factors. Here great hardships are possible, since 
wedlock is made a means for other ends. In modern times, 
on the other hand, the subjective point of inception (^falling 
in love) has come to be considered the only one of import- 
ance. The moderns imagine that each must wait till his 
hour has struck, and that each can give his love only to one 
certain individual. 



152 ETHIC A LI TY [SITTLICIIKEIT). 

§163. 

The ethical, in wedlock, consists in the consciousness ol 
this unity as a substantial end in love, in trust, and in the 
community of the whole individual existence. 

In this disposition and actuality, the natural sexual im- 
pulse is reduced to a mere phase of nature, which perishes 
in the instant of its gratification. Meanwhile the spiritual 
bond, in its right as the substantial essence of wedlock, 
elevated above the caprice of passion and of temporal and 
particular liking, becomes potentially indissoluble. 

That wedlock is not a contract-relation as to its essential 
foundation, has already been noted (§ 75), for, from the 
standpoint of contract, which starts from the abstract per- 
sonality of independent individuals, wedlock is a contract 
to pass out of and above the sphere of contract. The 
identification of the personalities, through which the family 
is one person^ and its members properties, is the ethical 
spirit. 

It is this ethical (social) spirit which, stripped of the 
manifold externality which belongs to spirit in the form 
of a definite individual and in special temporal and well- 
defined secular interests, that is sometimes elevated into a 
pictorial conception and honored as \}ci^ penates zxi^ the like, 
and, in general, gives to wedlock and the family its piety (in 
the Roman sense of the word) and its religious character. 
It is a further abstraction when the divine, the substantial 
in this phase of sentiment is separated from its proper sexual 
side, and from the feeling and the consciousness of spiritual 
unity, and falsely given a separate existence as Platonic love. 
This separation is connected with the monkish view, accord- 
ing to which the phase of natural life is determined as some- 
thing absolutely negative, and just through this is falsely 
given an infinite importance for itself. 



THE FAMILY. 153 



§ 164. 



As the stipulation of contract already contains for itself 
the true transference of property (§ 79), so the solemn 
(^feierliche) declaration of agreement to accept the ethical 
bonds of wedlock and the corresponding recognition and 
sanction of the same by the family and community (that the 
church also enters as a further party to the union is not to 
be fully considered here), are the formal conclusion and actual- 
izing of wedlock. Hence this alliance is ethically constituted 
only when preceded by this ceremony, as the performance of 
its substantial essence, through sign and language, as the 
outward and visible form of the spiritual (§ 78). Thereby 
the sensuous sexual element belonging to natural life, re- 
ceives, in its ethical relation, the position of a consequence 
{Folge) and accidentality, which belongs to the external form 
of the ethical alliance. But the meaning of this alliance 
itself can be exhausted only in that of mutual love and 
support. . . . 

[Hegel further insists, in this paragraph, upon the neces- 
sity of the sacred solemnization of marriage, rather than 
degrading the ceremony to the mechanical work of a civil 
or ecclesiastical clerk, who performs it without any sense 
of its ethical significance. This is only rightly appreciated 
and honored by the sentiment and ceremonies of religious 
people. Wedlock has both great intellectual and ethical 
import and results for both sexes. It elevates both to 
higher labors and aims. A new and broader unity is 
therein accomplished in the sphere of domestic life. It 
becomes a veritable school for ethical culture. He also 
opposes marriage between blood-relations, saying that inti- 
macy and similarity of tastes and aims of the couple rather 
succeed than precede wedlock. These should be the ethical 
results of this school of virtue.] 



154 ETHIC AUTY (SITTLICHKEIT). 

§167. 

Wedlock is essentially monogamy^ since it is the pe 
ality, the immediate, exclusive individuality that de^ 
and surrenders itself to this relation. The truth and tl: 
temality (the subjective form of substantiality) of this rel 
results, therefore, only from the mutual undivided dev 
of this personality. This realizes its right to be cons 
of itself in another ^ only when the other enters this ide 
as a person, that is, as an atomic individuality. 

Wedlock, and especially monogamy, is one of the 
lute principles on which ethicality (/. ^., concrete mor 
of a communal life depends. Hence the institution of 
lock is referred as a phase of the divine or heroic foui 
of states. 

§169. 

The family has, as person, its external reality in its 
erty^ in which it has the specific character of its substs 
personality only when this property has the form of n: 
or possession. 

B. The Possessions of the Family. 

§ 170. 

The family has not only property, but with its bei 
universal and enduring person^ there comes the need anc 
characteristic of having an enduring and certain estal 
fortune. The arbitrary phase of abstract property, be] 
ing to the particular needs of the single individual an 
the self-seeking of the desires, transforms itself here 
the care and acquisition for a common weal, into an ct 
activity. 

The introduction of fixed property appears in the t 
tional accounts of the foundation of the State in con nee 
with the introduction of marriage, or at least with 



THE FAMILY. 155 

beginning of a social and orderly life. — Wherein further, 
these possessions consist, and how they may gain true 
stability, is a problem that belongs to the sphere of the 
civic community. 

The Education of Children and the Dissolution of the Family. 

§173. 

* # « # « 

Supplementary, — Between man and wife the relation of 
love is not yet objective; for, although feeling is the sub- 
stantial unity, this has no objectivity. Such an objectivity 
the parents first gain in their children. In these they have 
the totality of their union before themselves. The mother 
loves her husband, and the husband his wife, in their child. 
Both have in the child their love incarnate before them- 
selves. While in the family possessions the unity is only in 
an external thing, in the child this unity is in a spiritual 
being, by whom the parents are loved and whom they love. 

§174. 

The children have a right to be educated and supported 
from the common family possessions. The right of the 
parents to the service of the children, as service, is estab- 
lished and limited by the common interest in the cares of 
the family. The right of the parent to limit the freedom of 
their children exists for the purpose of discipline and educa- 
tion. The end of punishment is not justice as such, but is 
of a subjective, moral nature ; its purpose is to deter the 
freedom that is only of uncultured nature [is naturalistic 
only], and to aid and elevate the universal in the child's 
consciousness and will. 

Supplementary, — [Hegel further maintains that the child's 
right of education rests upon the necessity of aid in his 



IS6 ETHICALITY (SITTLICHKEIT). 

self-development of potential manhood. The parent should 
only require such service from him as promotes this educa- 
tion. On the other hand, children should not be permitted 
to do just as they please, though the breaking the will of 
children should not be merely arbitrary. Obedience is to 
be demanded on the ground of the parents' larger knowl- 
edge of what is best for them. Parents should remember 
that their children are potentially free spiritual beings, and 
so never treat them as slaVes or mere soulless things. They 
should make it the primary end to educate them so that 
their ethical substance, and their hearts and wills should 
first come to flower and fruitage in the form of love, confi- 
dence and obedience. They should further seek to develop 
in them the sense of independence and free personality, that 
they may in due time be prepared to go out from the natural 
unity of the family and take their places as free and equal 
personalities with their parents in the civil community, form- 
ing for themselves new domestic circles. This leads to the 
topic of the Dissolution of the Family-relation^ 

§176. 

As wedlock, primarily, is only the immediate ethical Idea, 
and hence has its objective actuality in the intimate inter- 
nality of the subjective disposition and feeling, we find in 
this the first contingent element of its existence. Just as 
little as compulsion to enter the state of wedlock is possible, 
just so little can a merely legal, positive bond keep the 
subjects (of wedlock) together, when averse and hostile 
sentiment and actions gain the ascendancy. Hence a 
third ethical authority is necessary that shall secure the 
legal right of wedlock, of ethical substantiality, against the 
bare opinion of such sentimental disposition and against 
the accidence of only temporary moods and the like — an 
authority that shall distinguish these temporary moods from 



THE FAMILY, 157 

total estrangement, and decide where the latter occurs, in 
order to be able in such cases to dissolve the marital bonds. 
Supplementary, — When wedlock depends on merely sub- 
jective and accidental feeling alone, it can be dissolved. 
The State, on the contrary, is not subject to division and 
dissolution, since it is founded on law. Wedlock oughty 
certainly, to be indissoluble ; but here it comes no farther 
than to the ought But since wedlock is something ethical 
(belonging to an ethical community), it cannot be dissolved 
arbitrarily, but only through an ethical authority, whether 
this be the church or a court of justice. When the parties 
are totally estranged from each other, as in a case of adultery, 
even the religious authority must allow divorce. 

§ 178-§ 180. 

[The dissolution of the family thus occurs (i) through the 
death of the parents and the consequent distribution of the 
common property among the natural heirs, (2) through the 
total alienation of the married couple and their consequent 
separation, and (3) in the normal way, through the growth 
and development of the children into maturity.] 

The Transition of the Family into the Civic Community, 

§181. 

The family transforms itself in a natural way, and espe- 
cially through the principle of personality, into a plurality of 
families outside of one another. These families are related 
to one another, in general, as independent concrete persons, 
and consequently in an external manner. Or, the inter- 
locked moments (which are as yet undeveloped in their 
concept) in the unity of the family, as the ethical Idea^ must 
be allowed independent reality in the concept. This is the 
stage of differentiation. First, abstractly expressed, this gives 
the determination of particularity. This particular refers 



158 ETHICAUTY {SITTLICIIKEIT). 

itself, indeed, to universality, but in such a manner that the 
universal becomes as yet only the internal ground which 
consequently exists in a formal and only apparent manner^ 
(scheinende Wcise) in the particular. 

The expansion of the family m its transition into another 
principle, happens, in actual history, partly as the quiet 
expansion of a family into a people, a nation^ which hence 
has a common natural origin, and partly as the association 
of dispersed family communities, either through military 
force or through voluntary alliance, furthered by common 
needs and by the reciprocal activity necessary for their 
satisfaction. 

Supplementary, — Universality has here as its point of 
inception, the independence of the particular, and, hence 
ethicality appears lost at this stage, since, for consciousness, 
the identity of the family is that which is regarded as the 
first, the divine, the source of duty. But now a condition 
begins in which the particular demands the first place for 
itself, and consequently the primary form of ethical determi- 
nation (the domestic life) is abolished. But, in reality, I 
only err in making this demand, for when I believe that I 
hold fast to the particular, the universal and the necessity 
of the interdependence of the universe still remain the first 
and the essential : I am consequently on the stage of 
appearance^ and while my particularity continues to deter- 
mine me (that is to say, continues to- be my purpose), I 
thereby serve the universal, which, in reality, retains the 
final power over me. 

1 In Hegel scheinendy "apparent," does not have the connotation 
falsey deceptivey as in English; for with Hegel, ground and appearance are 
categories of equal importance to essence ( Wesen.) Hence the reader 
must understand apfcarance and apparent as referring to the expression^ 
the phenomenalization of the ground, or internal nature, of Wesen. 
This reflexive relation presents at first the loss of ethicality; but, since, as 
essence, it is necessarily phenomenal (must reveal itself as phenomenon), 
it produces the phenomenal world of ethicality (of the ethical Idea), the 
civic community, 

o 



\ 



THE CIVIC COMMUNITY, 1 59 



SECOND SECTION. 



The Civic Community, 

§ 182. 

The concrete person who realizes himself as particular 
end (literally : is himself as particular end), as a total of 
wants with a mixture of natural necessity and arbitrary 
choice, is the special principle of the civic community. But 
here is meant the particular person that has his essence in 
his relation {Beziehung) to other particular persons, so that 
each satisfies and realizes himself as mediated through the 
others, and (hence) at the same time absolutely through the 
form of universality only. This universal or common ele- 
ment forms the second principle of civil society. 

Supplementary, — The. civic community is the difference 
(intermediate stage) that stands between .thaiamily and 
the State, even though its evolution follows later than the 
evolution of the State ; since as the intermediate, the civil 
society presupposes the State, as it must have something 
independent to rely on, in order to endure. The creation of 
the civic community belongs, moreover, to the modern world, 
as here first all the determinations of the Idea have received 
their just recognition. When the State is conceived as a 
unity of different persons, but as a unity that is only a 
community {e, g,y of interest), there is reference only to the 
determinations of the civic community. Many of the later 
writers on politics and law have not been able to advance 
to any other view of the State. In the civic community 
each one is his own end, all others are nothing to him. 
But, without reference to others, no individual is able to 
realize his end to its full extent ; these others, hence, 
become the means to the end of the particular. But the 
particular aim takes on a form of universality through its 






l6o ETHIC A LI TY {SITTLICHKEIT^. 

reference to others, and satisfies itself by simultaneously 
satisfj-ing the weal of others. Because particularity is 
bound up along with the conditions of universality, the 
whole is the ground of mediation in which all individuali- 
ties, all talents, all accidence of birth and fortune liberate 
themselves. In this too the currents of all passions empty 
themselves, passions that are ruled only by permeating 
reason. Particularity limited by universality is alone the 
measure through which every particular individual furthers 
his own welfare. Thus the Civic Community is what we 
understand by " the state on its external side " or as 
Government, arising from needs as presented to the under- 
standing. 

§184. 

The Idea^ at this its stage of differentiation, contains the 
j)hase of existence peculiar to the individual {eigenthiimliche^ 
Dasein\ of particularity — the right to develop and extend 
one's self in all directions, and also the phase of universality 
— its right to prove itself the ground and necessary form of 
particularity, as well as the power over it, and its ultimate 
end. It is the system of an ethicality lost in its extremes 
that makes up the abstract phase of the reality of the Idea 
which here exists as the relative totality and inner necessity 
to this external appearance. 

Supplementary, — The ethical concept has here been lost 
in its extremes, and the unmediated unity of the family has 
been disorganized into a collected multitude. The reality 
is, at this stage of externality, the dissolution of the concept^ 
the independence of the liberated and existent phases. Yet 
even here men are conditioned by their reciprocal needs and 
welfare. In seeking one's own aim and well-being, a person 
necessarily seeks more universal ones, and, in turn, the 
more universal ones are only attained through this self- 
seeking of each one. . . . 



THE CIVIC COMMUNITY. i6i 

Abstract of § 185. 

This development of the individual personality of all 
<:itizens sometimes seems to create an arena in which 
Tampant individualism begets great excesses, misery and 
moral corruption. In ancient states it led to the destruc- 
tion of ethical relations and thus to the downfall of nations. 
These ancient states were founded on such an undeveloped 
form of the universal element that they could find no place 
for individualism. It is only through the Christian religion 
that this principle of subjective freedom, and of the inde- 
pendent and infinite worth of the individual has come to its 
just recognition. The task of modern states is to welcome 
this principle and to incorporate it in harmonious unity 
with the larger ethical element. 

On the other hand, it is the task of individualism to learn 
that its real and substantial freedom can only be found in 
the sphere of a common weal and life, where helping others 
is the best form of helping one's own self. 

§187. 

The individuals are, as citizens of this civic community, 
private persons^ who have their own interests as their end. 
Since this end is mediated through the universal, which, 
consequently, appears to the individuals in question as meanSy 
this end can be attained by them only in so far as they 
themselves determine their will, desires, and acts in a 
universal manner, and make themselves links in the chain 
of this connected whole. As the civic community does not 
exist as such in the consciousness of its members, the 
interest of the Idea lies here in the process of elevating the 
individual and natural elements of the Idea^ through the 
necessity of nature as well as through the arbitrariness of 
wants, \.o formal freedom and formal universality of knowledge 
and wilL In other words, this is the process of developing 



1 62 ETHICALITY ^SITTLICHKEIT). 

subjectivity in its phase of particularity. . . . Hence educa- 
tion^ in its real essence, is liberation^ and that the work of 
the higher liberation. It is the point of transition to that 
infinite subjective substantiality of ethicality, which is no 
longer unmediated and natural, but spiritual, being elevated 
to the form of universality. In the subject this liberation 
is hard toil as compared with the bare subjectivity of mere 
conduct, and with the immediacy of the desires and sub- 
jective vanity of feeling and the arbitrariness of inclination. 
That this liberation is hard work causes a good deal of the 
ill favor to which it is subject. But it is through this hard 
work of education, that the subjective will itself gains that 
objectivity in which alone, on its part, it becomes worthy 
and capable of being the actuality of the Idea, 

This form of universality to which particularity has 
developed and elevated itself, and that has effected that 
particularity, becomes true independent existence of indi- 
viduality ; and as it gives to universality its adequate content 
and its infinite self-determination, this particularity remains, 
even in ethicality, as infinite, independent, free subjectivity. 
This is the stage which exhibits education as an immanent 
phase of the absolute, and proves its infinite value. We 
may define the man of culture to be a person who can do 
everything that others do, without losing his individuality. 
Culture is the rubbing off of angular peculiarities, and 
enables one to appreciate univeral interests. 
The civic community contains three phases : 
{A) The mediation of the desire and satisfaction of the 
individual through his work and through the work and the 
satisfaction of the wants of all the other individuals, — the 
system of wants, 

(B) The actuality of the immanent universal freedom, the 
protection of property through the administration of justice. 

(C) The precaution exercised against the remnant of 
chance in this system, and the management of the particular 



THE CIVIC COMMUNITY 163 

rests as of something possessed in common^ through 
ce and the corporations, 

A. The System of Wants 

§ 189. 

n its first aspect (zundchst) particularity, being the 

irmined, in general, as over against the universal element 

:he will, is subjective want. These wants gain their objec- 

:y, /. <?., satisfaction^ through the means (a) of external 

igs, which include the property and products of the wants 

wills of others, and (^) through the means of activity 

labor as the mediation of the two sides (the particular 

universal element). Since the aim of activity is the 

sf action of particular subjective wants, and since, in 

tion to these same wants and to the free choice of others, 

universal realizes itself, we have the appearance of 

onality in this sphere of the finite in the form of the 

erstanding. This is the phase on which the discussion 

i turns, and which constitutes, in this sphere, the recon- 

ig element itself . . . This mutual interaction between 

viduals and society, in a realm of apparently unbridled 

vidualism, is quite remarkable. It is like the apparently 

3gulated movement of the heavenly bodies whose law, 

ever, can be discovered and understood. 

{a) The Nature of Wants and their Satisfaction, 

§ 190. 

'he animal has a limited range of ways and means of 
sfying its likewise limited needs. But man shows even 
[lis condition of dependency at once his transcendence 
• dependency, and his universality, first in the multipli- 
m of wants and means, and t^hen through the distinction 
separation of the concrete want into different parts and 



164 ETHICALITY [SITTLICHKEIT). 

phases. Thus differentiated and particularized, they become I 
abstract wants. 

In the sphere of legal right, it is the person ; in that of 
morality, the subject; in the family, XhQ family-number ; \Si 
the civic community in general, the citizen^ the burgher (as 
bourgeois), and here, at the stage of wants (comp. § 123, 
note), it is the general conception {Vorstellung) that is called 
man. It is consequently here, and strictly here only, that 
we speak of man, in this sense. 

Supplementary, — The animal is something particular, 
having its instinct and its limited means for satisfaction, 
which ere not to be transcended. There are insects that are 
limited to a certain species of plants alone, and though there 
are other animals that have a wider sphere, and can live in 
different climates, they are still limited in comparison with 
the sphere of man. 






§ 191. 

Likewise the means for the particularized needs, and, in 
general, the ways of satisfying them, differentiate and multi- 
ply themselves, and thus become relative ends and abstract 
needs. Hence we have here an infinite progression of T 
multiplication which, in the same measure, consists in dis- 
tinguishing these determinations and in judging of the 
suitability of means to their ends ; in other words, it is. 
refinement. 

The condition which Englishmen call " comfortable " is 
something inexhaustible, ever leading on to a more com- 
fortable one. 

§ 192. 

Wants, and the means of satisfying them, become in their 
extraneous forms, at the same time, a set of relations to other 
people^ through whose wants and work satisfaction is 
mutually conditioned. The abstraction (see preceding §), 



" THE CIVIC COMMUNITY. 165 

hich becomes a quality of wants and means, becomes also 
determination of the mutual relation of individuals to one 
nether. When recognized, this universal element is the 
base which gives these individual and abstract needs, 
leans, and forms of satisfaction a concrete and social char- 
cter. - 

§ 194. 

Since in social want, as the connection of immediate or 
atural and of spiritual wants of the general conception^ the 
itter, as the universal, is the more important, the phase of 
iteration lies in this social phase in this manner : the stern 
lecessity of nature belonging to the wants is lessened, and 
aan comes in relation to his o^tm, indeed, to a universal 
ignificance and to an only self-made necessity. Instead of 
oming in relation only to an external world, he has to do 
^ith an internal world of contingency and free choice. 

The opinion that when man lived in the so-called state of 
ature, in which he had only so-called simple, natural wants, 
id used only such means for their satisfaction as nature 
lanced to offer, he then, in reference to his needs, lived in 
eedom, is, without reference to the liberation that lies in 
ork (of which later), a false view. Natural wants as such 
id their immediate satisfaction represent only a spirituality 
tiich is submerged in nature, and which is, therefore, rude- 
iss and thralldom under nature. Real freedom, however, 
insists only in the reflection of the spiritual upon itself, in 
i differentiation from the natural and in its reflex-spiritual 
^termination of nature. 

§196. 

This liberation is formal, since the particularity of the 
ids remains the fundamental content. The tendency of 
.6 social state towards unlimited multiplication and special- 
ation of wants, means, and en]oyn\ervX, -wYvxOcv^ \^^ ^Cc^fc 



1 66 ETHICALITY [SITTLICHKEIT), 

differentiation between natural and uncultured wants, 
no limits, — in other words, luxury^ is likewise an end 
augmentation of dependence and distress. These musi 
order to reduce it to the property of the free will, do bs 
with a matter that presents an endless opposition, that is 
battle with external means of different kinds, conseque 
they have to do with absolute hardship. 

Supplementary, — Diogenes with all his cynicism is stri 
nothing but the product of the social life of Athens, 
what determined him was the view against which the sa 
of Athens in general agitated. This view is hence 
independent, but arose from the social conditions th 
selves, and is, indeed, an unhealthy product of luxury its 
Wherever luxury is at its height, there also distress j 
profligacy are just as great, and cynicism results as 
opposition to refinement. 

(p) The Nature of Labor. 

§196. 

The mediation that is to prepare and procure for t 
particularized wants the adequate and ^^\xz}\y particulars 
means, is Idbor, Its purpose is to specialize the mater 
immediately given by nature through the most manif( 
processes for this multitude of ends. It is this format 
activity that gives to the means their value and appropria 
ness, so that, in consumption^ man is related chiefly to hum 
productions. It is human exertions that he consumes. 

Supplementary, — The immediate material which does i 
need to be prepared for use by human labor, is insignifica 
One must earn the very air he breathes, since he must temj 
it to his comfort and safety. Water alone, perhaps, can 
used in its natural state. The sweat of the human br 
and the work of the human hand procures for man 1 
means for satisfying his wants. 



THE CIVIC COMMUNITY 167 

• § 197. 

In the multiplicity of interesting characteristics and 
' objects, theoretic culture develops for itself not only a mul- 
tiplicity of conceptions and intellectual acquirements, but 
"- also a mobility and rapidity of the mind in conceiving and 
^ in passing from one conception to another, and a power of 
grasping involved and universal relations. This is the 
' culture of the understanding, along with which goes the 
' development of speech. Practical education through labor 
consists in the want that causes it and the habit of being 
occupied with some employment, and, secondly, in the 
limitation of one'* s activity so as to correspond partly to the 
nature of the material, but more especially to the will of 
others ; lastly, practical culture consists in that habit of 
external activity, and universally valid skill which is gained 
by this training. 

Supplementary, — The barbarian is indolent, and distin- 
guishes himself from educated man in brooding in an atmos- 
phere of stupidity. For practical education consists just in 
the habit, desire and need of productive employment. The 
unskilled workman produces always something else than he 
intended, because he is not master of his own activity. He 
is a skilled workman who brings forth his product as it 
should be, and who finds no discrepancy between his sub- 
jective activity and the end attained. 

§ 198. 

The universal and objective element in labor is contained, 
however, in the abstraction which causes the differentiation 
of means and of wants, and thereby also differentiates pro- 
duction and gives rise to the division of labor. The work of 
the individual becomes simpler by this division and con- 
sequently his skill in his abstract work, as well as the amount 
of his production, greater. Hence this abstraction neces- 



1 68 ETHICALITY {SITTLICHJCBIT). 

sarily brings to perfection at once the skill and the means 
of dependence and the mutual relation of men in the satis- 
faction of other wants. The abstraction oi production makes 
the work ever more mechanical^ thereby finally leading to its 
transference from man to the machine. 

Wealth, 

§ 199. 

Because of this dependent and mutual character of woA 



and of the satisfaction of wants, the subjective self-seekh 
transforms itself into a contribution to the satis/action ofeifOf 
body's wants, that is, into the mediation of the particular 
through the universal as dialectic movement, so that while 
each one earns, produces and enjoys for himself, he thereby 
also produces and earns for the enjoyment of the rest 
This necessity, which consists in the perfect interconnection, 
in dependence of all with all, has the form of what is called 
general permanent 7vealth (see § 170), which contains for 
each one the possibility of partaking in the common prop- 
erty, through his education and skill, in order to be assured 
of subsistence. On the other hand the individual's earnings, 
mediated by his labor, sustains and increases the common 
possessions. 

§ 200. 

The possibility of individuals partaking in the common 
possessions depends, partly on an immediate foundation 
{capital), and partly on the skill of the individuals. Tbis 
skill, in its turn, depends again on capital, and then on the 
chance circumstances of the case. Owing to these diverse 
circumstances the natural unequal bodily and spiritual ten- 
dencies and talents are unequally developed. This diversity 
presents itself in this sphere of particularity in all directions 
and at all stageS) and has, with other elements of chance 



THE CIVIC COMMUNITY. 169 

: and arbitrariness, the unequal distribution of property and the 

e: difference between individuals in skill and attainments as a 

^ necessary consequence. 

u: The spirit^s objective right to particularity^ which is con- 
tained in the Idea^ not only does not abolish, in the civic 
community, the natural dissimilarity between men, but 
produces it in a spiritual form, and elevates it to a dissimi- 
larity of skill, of possessions, and even of intellectual and 
moral development. To oppose to this the demand of 
eguality, is characteristic of the empty understanding, that 

,: mistakes this, its ought ^ and its abstract conception for the 
real and the rational. This sphere of the particular which 
the universal has adopted attains only relative identity with 
the universal. There still remains in it much of the natural 
and arbitrary particularity, the state of nature. Further, it 
is Reason as immanent in the system of human wants and 
activities that articulates this system into an organic whole 
of different members. 

§ 201. 

The infinitely manifold means and their just as infinite 
self-limitation, in the activity of the mutual production and 
exchange, are unified through the permeating universal 
element, and again differentiated into masses with common 
charcuteristics ; the connected total evolves itself Xo particular 
systems of wants, of their means and trades, of the kind 
and manners of satisfaction for wants and of the theoretical 
and practical education (systems into which individuals 
naturally enter) ; in short, this organized totality is differ- 
entiated into classes of civil society. If the family be 
recognized as the primary basis of states, classes must 
be recognized as the second one. Through them, the 
individual seeks at least relatively broader aims than mere 
private interests. 



170 ETHICALITY (SITTUCHKEITi. 

§202. 

Classes thus formed are distinguished as the suhstanM\ 
class (agriculturists), the reflective or formative class (arti- 
sans), and lastly, the universal class (the learned and| 
office-holding class). 

§203. 

The substantial class has its possessions in the natural 
products of the soil which it cultivates. It must have land 
suitable to be exclusive private property, and demands not 
only chance-gathering of usufruct (as the gathering of wld 
berries, breadfruit, etc.), but objectively formative labor. 
Against the connection of labor and its result with special 
fixed seasons, and the dependence of the crop on the 
variable natural processes, the aim of satisfying wants 
becomes provident care for the future. On account of these 
conditions, the manner of subsistence in this class is but 
little mediated by reflection and individual will. It retains, 
in general, the substantial disposition of an unmediated 
ethicality, depending on confidence (in nature) and on family 
relations. [Hegel continues here to show why the begin- 
ning of agriculture should be placed side by side with wed- 
lock as the first foundation of the state and its civilization. 
Both agriculture and wedlock are in the nature of /imitation 
of the arbitrariness of the individual. Both tend to make 
the mode of life more stable, more dependent on the uni- 
versal laws of the spirit than on the particularity and caprice 
of the individual. Hence, the mythologies of the ancients 
represent the introduction of agriculture as a divine deed, 
worthy of being commemorated in religious festivities and 
worship. 

To be sure, the factory methods of cultivating the soil, 
which, even in Hegel's time began to be prominent, tend to 
obliterate the distinction between the agriculturist and the 



THE CIVIC COMMUNITY. 171 

artisan ; but still, Hegel thinks, the patriarchal mode of life 
of the agriculturist is rather gaining than losing vitality. 
Here man lives in unmediated communion with nature. 
The yield of his acres comes to him as a direct gift, for 
which he gives thanks to God. He lives in the confident 
trust that this goodness of God will continue. What he gets 
is enough for him ; he uses it freely, for more is coming. 
This is the old nobility disposition and view of life of this 
class.] 

In the production of this class, nature is the chief factor 
and man the secondary. In the second class (the forma- 
tive), the human intellect is the essential element and 
nature^s product only the material. 

§204. 

{S) The industrial class has as its business the change of 
form of the products of nature, and depends, especially, for 
its subsistence, on its labor and on the use it makes of the 
reflective powers of the intellect, as well as essentially on 
the skill with which it can deal with the wants and work of 
others. For what it possesses and enjoys, it scarce need 
to thank any one but itself, its own activity. This activity 
may be divided as follows : work for individual needs in a 
concrete manner and at the request of individuals, the work 
of the artisan or manual laborers ; work in the more abstract 
form for the sum total of individual wants, but hence for a 
universal need, the work of the manufacturers; and the 
work of exchange of the individualized means of want and 
satisfaction for one another through the common medium 
of exchange; moneys in which the abstract value of all 
goods exists as an actuality. This is the work of the 
commercial or trading class. The sense of freedom and of 
order is especially developed in this class, depending, as it 
does, so largely upon its own foresight and intelligence. 



172 ETHIC ALITY [SITTUCHICEIT). 

§206. 

(r) The common^ or universal^ class has as its business the 
universal^ or common interests of the social state. Hence 
this class should be relieved from the direct work for the 
satisfaction of private wants, either by their own private 
fortune or by being compensated by the state, which 
demands their activity. Their private interests should be 
guaranteed to them while they work for the common weal. 

§206. 

Thus the classes as particularity, having become objective, 
differentiate themselves, according to the concept, into these 
fundamental distinctions. On the other hand, however, the 
question as to which class any particular individual is to 
belong depends to some degree on his natural gifts, nativity, 
and other circumstances. Still, the final and essential deter- 
mination rests with the subjective opinion zxxA particular choia 
of the individual. In this sphere, subjective opinion and 
free choice find their right use and honor, so that what here 
happens because of inner necessity is likewise mediated by 
free choice, and has hence, for the subjective consciousness, 
the form of a product of its own will. 

We find here the difference between the practical life of 
the Orient and the Occident, and between the ancient and 
modern world. In the former this division into classes 
arises objectively and necessarily, the principle of subjective 
individuality being thus deprived of its right. For the 
assignment of individuals was there left to the rulers (as in 
the Platonic Republic), or made a mere matter of birth, as 
in the Hindu castes. Thus, not being recognized in the 
organization of the state and so harmonized with it, the 
principle of subjective individuality, which is an essential 
factor of society, is rendered hostile and destructive of the 
social order, and either succeeds in destroying it, as in the 



. TME CIVJC COMMUNITY. I73 

.Grecian States and thie Roman Republic, or else, attaining 

power or some sort of religious authority, it results in 

% i internal corruption and complete degradation, as was the 

: case, to a certain extent, among the Lacedemonians and is 

i now (1820) being thoroughly illustrated among the Hindus. 

T But when this principle is duly recognized in the organization 

E .and integrated with it, and thus maintained in its right, it 

i becomes the very animating principle of civil society, of the 

I thinking activity of men and of personal merit and honor. 

The recognition that what is necessary and rational in civil 

society is mediated and brought about through the liberty of 

individual choice, — this is what constitutes the ordinary 

idea (Vorstellung) of freedom. 

§ 207. 

The individual acquires actuality by entering into some 
determinate form of existence^ the interest and labors of some 
one of these classes, whereby he limits himself exclusively to 
one of the particular spheres of wants. Hence the ethical 
disposition in this sphere is that of rectitude and class honor. 
The object is to nmke and maintain one's self freely, as a 
member of one phase of the civil community, by one's own 
industry and skill, and to provide for one's self only through 
this mediation with the universal, as well as to be recognized 
herein by one's sejlf and others, as a vital member of society. 
Morality has its proper position in this sphere, where reflec- 
tion on one's actions, the end of the particular want and 
welfare is the. ruling. conception, and where the accidental 
nature of their satisfaction elevates into a duty even a single 
^and accidental act of assistance. 

Supplementary. — By the principle that man must be some- 
thing in particular we understand that he should belong to 
a definite class. It is this which makes this being something 
mean that he then is something substantial. A human 
being that does not belong to one of the classes is only a 



174 ETHIC A LI TY [SITTLICHKEIT), 

private person and does not partake in the universal element. 
To be sure, the individual may esteem his private personality 
as the highest form of life, and believe that if he should 
enter a class (/. ^., take up a trade or profession) he would 
thereby lower himself. This is founded on the false concep- 
tion that where anyone gains thiough his own exertion any 
definite class mode of existence he thereby limits and 
degrades himself. 

§ 208. 

The principle of this system of wants is a special form of 
knowing and willing independctit universality or of freedom. 
But as this is still in its abstract form it is that of the right 
of property in itself. But this right exists here no longer 
only potentially as in "abstract right ", but as a valid actual- 
ity, as the protection of property through the administration oj 
justice, 

B. The Administration of fustice, 

§209. 

The relative element of the mutual dependence of wants 
and of work for these wants has, primarily, its reflection-into- 
itself \w the infinite personality (abstract) y/zx/zV^ [legal right]. 
But it is this sphere of the relative itself which, as education, 
gives to legal justice its existence and character of being 
universally acknowledged^ known and icilled, and, when medi- 
ated through this knowing and willing, of having validity 
and objective actuality. 

It belongs to culture (to thought as the consciousness of 
the individual in the form of universality) that the ego be 
conceived as universal Person, in which all are identical. 
Man has so high a worth because he is man, not because he is 
Jew, Catholic, Protestant, German or Italian. This con- 
sciousness, to which thought gives validity, is of infinite 






THE CIVIC COMMUNITY, I75 

importance, and is faulty only when it settles, as cosmopoH- 
tanism, into opposition to the concrete life of the state. 

§210. 

Objective justice implies on the one hand that it be some- 
thing well known, on the other that it have such reality and 
power as to make it recognized as universally valid and 
authoritative. 

(a) Right in the Form of Law, 

§211. 

Just what is implicitly right is, at this stage, explicitly set 
forth in objective form, /'. e, it is determined through thought 
for consciousness. As that which is right and valid it is set 
forth as something knoum^ — it is the law. Right, or justice, 
becomes through this determination positive (legal) right. ^ 

Abstract of Eemainder of §. 

[To posit anything as universal is to think it. Thought, 
in fact, according to Hegel, is always a universalization. 
Hence the great, yet boundless importance of expressed or 
written laws. For written and codified law is not merely an 
expression of what was found formerly in custom and 
opinion. In the very act of thinking out the life-giving con- 
cept of the law, the codifier brings out the universal element 
which before existed only implicitly in custom. Customary 
law has hence a lower value than written law. Its uni- 
versality is recognized only in a subjective and accidental 

1 The German words Gesetz, "law," and gesetzt "posited," like Bicvi 
and rlB^yj. in Greek, have of course the same root. Law is something 
posited {gesetzt)y something set down as a universal principle and im- 
movable rule. Hegel, who is always fond of utilizing the derivation of 
words, feels therefore that the connection is here self-evident. This 
must be borne in mind in reading the above paragraph, as the English 
cannot preserve the etymological argument. — p. m. m. 



176 ETHICALITY [SITTLICHKEIT), 

way, that is, as far as the chief, judge, jury or mob are able 
or willing to give its latent universality practical validity. 
Hence, the opinion that customary law is more vital than 
codified law, is a grave misconception. Certainly a law 
does not cease to be customary by being written down. 
England's common law is an excellent example of the con- 
fused conceptions that rule the present administration of 
justice. Theoretically, it is an unwritten law, the "«r<7fw 
majorum " of the English nation ; but, practically, no law is 
more ivritten than the common law. In fact there is no end 
to the writing of it. Every judge and court are supposed 
and expected to found their decisions on the recorded 
decisions of former judges and courts. But, according to 
the theory of the unwritten law, these predecessors did 
nothing but expressed the unwritten law, and this customary 
unwritten law exists just as authoritatively in the present 
court and judge as in any of their predecessors. A similar 
confusion arose in the later Roman administration of 
justice. 

To refuse to believe that a nation's laws may be 
adequately codified is to offer the greatest possible insult to 
such a nation and to its legal profession.] 

The sun and planets have laws, to be sure, but they know 
them not : likewise the barbarian. It is only when civilized 
man is conscious of his laws, that the arbitrary and accidental 
elements of feeling and opinion, such as revenge and sym- 
pathy, are purified from his administration of justice. Con- 
flicts, '* collisions," and inconsistencies in laws cannot be 
avoided ; these also ser\'e to make the judge to be some- 
thing higher than a machine. But to try to avoid conflicts 
of laws, by allowing a wider field for the arbitrary decisions 
of the judge, were a retrogressive step towards chance and 
particularity again. This is, in fact, a great fault of juris- 
prudence founded on custom. Digests of decisions, though 
certainly superior to the bare records of the courts, still . 



THE CIVIC COMMUNITY, 177 

contain so much adventitious and merely historical matter, 
as the English practice shows, that they are far from being 
satisfactory from a philosophical point of view. 

§ 212. 

In this identity of implicit {Amichseiti) and explicit 
(Gesetzsein)^ in civil conduct only that which is law is binding 
as right, or justice. Since the characteristic of being expli- 
citly set forth contains also the accidental element of the 
private choice and other arbitrary elements, it is quite pos- 
sible that that which is law may be quite different in content 
from that which is in itself right. In positive law, we have 
the source of the knowledge of the just in cases of litigation. 
Positive jurisprudence is largely a historical science resting 
upon authority. 

§213. 

Since justice first arrives at definite existence in the form 
of statute law, it comes into application^ as far as its content 
is concerned, in relation to the material furnished by the 
civic community, in its endlessly special and complicated 
relations and forms of property and contract. Further 
material is furnished by the ethical relations depending on 
disposition, love, and confidence, though, naturally, only in 
as far as they contain the element of abstract justice (§ 159). 
The moral element and moral commandments, which have 
to do with the will in its most intimate subjectivity and 
particularity, cannot be objects of positive legislation. Still 
further material is furnished by the rights and duties that 
come into existence in the administration of justice itself 
and from the organization of the state and the like. 

Supplementary, — As regards the higher relations of wed- 
lock, love, religion and the state, legislation can only take 
cognizance of their merely external sides. In this respect 
great difference is found in the legislation of various 



178 ETHICAUTY [SITTLICHKEIT), 

peoples. ... In regard to the oath, however, where the 
matter is left to the conscience of the individual, the courts 
must insist upon strict honesty and truthfulness. 

§214. 

There is always one essential phase of the law and its 
administration that contains an accidental element. This 
depends on the necessity of the law's being a universal 
decision, that must be applied to particular cases. To 
declare against this accidental element is to utter an abstrac- 
tion. The quantitative measure of a punishment, for ex- 
ample, can never be made adequate to any sj>eculative 
concept. (Pure reason can never determine the measure of 
punishment.) Whatever the sentence may be, it is, on this 
side, always somewhat arbitrary. This contingent element 
is, however, itself necessary in this sphere and to reason 
against a code on the ground, that it is not perfect, is to 
misunderstand this phase in which no perfection is possible, 
and which hence must be taken as it is. 

(l>) The Essential Characteristics {das Dasein) of the Law, 

§216. 

The obligation to obey the laws contains, from the side 
of the right of self-consciousness (§ 132 with note) the 
(moral) necessity of the laws being made universaily known. 

Abstract of Eemainder of §. 

[To hang the tables of the laws so high over people's 
heads that no citizen can read them, as the tyrant Dionysius 
did, is an injustice and a crime. But what else does a 
government do that hides the law in numberless quartos, 
and in conflicting decisions of courts and opinions of jurists 
— yes, even in a foreign language? On the other hand, 



THE CIVIC COMMUNITY. 179 

jstinian and other codifiters, however imperfect in their 
ork, should justly be praised as the greatest benefactors 
C their nations. 

The legal profession should indeed consider law their 
peciality, but not, as they often do, their monopoly. They 
-O, however, often object to the layman's knowing the law 
a the same spirit as the physicists objected to Goethe's 
lisseftation on color. He, a poet, invade the territory of 
he physicist ! But one need not be a shoemaker to know 
rhere the shoe pinches, nor a specialist to understand what 
ielongs to the universal interests of mankind. For this 
s the foundation of liberty, the holiest and noblest in man.] 

Abstract of § 216. 

[Two characteristics are essential to the public code : 
rirst, simple universal principles ; and secondly, sufficiently 
explicit application of these principles to the infinite compli- 
-ations to which human relations are subject. Hence it is 
lot to be reckoned a fault that no code can be complete 
>i the sense of having a ready-made application to every 
'Ossible case. The only reasonable claim is that all the 
•indamental principles should be plainly expressed. 

One great source of legal confusion is, no doubt, the 
I justice upon which many historical institutions are founded. 
»^hen later ages have tried to read into these institutions a 
ttionality that they originally lacked, this misinterpretation 
1 favor of justice necessarily complicates the system. The 
bange of the Roman law from the narrow national prejudice 
E the republic to the lex gentium and lex naturae of the 
Lter prudentes^ is an example. But the chief cause of the 
ecessary incompleteness of a code, lies in the finite nature 
f the subject-matter to which these universal principles 
re to be applied. This must of necessity produce infinite 
regressions in the application. 



1^ £ THJZALITY i^TTl^CMEIBny 



..^» a^raios: a code an this gronnd, £ l, 
uitiu j: \k. 'Jimipieied. is to fail to remember that . 
^'c^ '. ^:f.fw:: Cit hfn rest Ir nticux. No art, no s 
li. u'.iutrr.uKm^ «w>uid be worth while, according t 
:c:»2*.>::;:i^. ijr nutiun^ can be complete in its appli 
rj.»: r>t-:: |:c-»nKrrn\ Tiie noblest, grandest, anc 
iic^-uLJ-^ vt^-c ibcn wonJiless, since there might be 
tLiii^ ru.»rc :i--ii'Jc^ -grand and beautiful not yet disc 
Bu: £ jTc-i.: :rc^ may continually put forth more bi 
aric s:i- :: it r^v: a new tree ; and it would certa: 
f'.<^':>i: :::c-.rr to plant a tree because it might gei 
a while. adciiiorLal branches.] 

§217. 

As in the civic community implicit justice becomes 
also my formerly individual unmediated and abstract \ 
transformed, by being recognized, into an element 
universal will and knowledge. Acquirement of prope 
all activity relative to it must therefore adopt tha 
which is characteristic of property, in its universal re" 
Property depends solely on contract zxv^ on the legal ^r; 
necessary to prove such contract. . . . 

Supplementary, — Hegel not^s the necessity of the 
ities connected with the holding of property in a comi 
In reply to those who would dispense with them, he sa 
they are the essential element, making explicit and p)o 
asserting the existence of property rights. All me 
jertivity has here to give place to this objective f 
aridity, and receive from it security and stability. 

§218. 

Siiu^ |u-operty and personality have legal recogniti 
Vsdivlity in the civic community, lau*-brcaking is not < 
v^Wuw «^^l^xn^t *ame sudjcctiiv-iHjinitt\ but against a U7 



THE CIVIC COMMUNITY. l8i 

le, whose existence has a sure and strong foundation 
f. We arrive here at the point of view that estimates 
^nce according to the dangerous tendencies it has for 
mmunity (society). Such tendencies certainly add 
magnitude of the crime ; tiit, on the other hand, a 
mity whose government feels secure, overlooks the 
il importance of an offence, and practices greater 
cy in its punishment. 

(r) The Court of Justice, 

§219. 

in justice, in its legal form, gains actual existence it is 
pendent (/w> sicfi) ; that is, stands independent over 
t the particular will and opinion of justice, and has to 
Itself valid as being universal. This recognition and 
tion of justice in the particular cases, without the 
tive feeling of particular interests, belongs to a public 
to the court of justice. As to the historical origin of 
of justice and of judges, it matters not whether they 
from patriarchal relations, from force or from free 

• 

§220. 

right against crime in the form of revenge (§ 102) is 
1 implicit right and has not the form of justice, /". e.^ 
just as to its mode of existence. In the pFace of 
'ended party (the individual), the offended universal 
mmunity), which has its characteristic actuality in the 
enters, and undertakes the prosecution and punish- 
)f crime. Hereby the penalty of crime ceases to be 
jrely subjective and accidental retaliation of revenge, 
transformed into the true reconciliation of justice 
self in punishment. This punishment is, from the 
ve side, the reconciliation, through the negation of the 



1 82 ETHICALITY {SITTUCHKEIT). 

crime, of the self-restoring law^ which thereby gives it: 
valid actuality. From the subjective side of the offendei 
is the reconciliation of his own law^ known by him < 
established for his protection^ in whose execution on him: 
he consequently finds tile satisfaction of justice, in fi 
nothing but his own deed. 

§221. 

The member of the civil community has the right to ap^ 
to the courts, as well as the duty to appear in court, anc 
accept his disputed right from the court only — (to allow 
decision of the courts of justice to be supreme and i 
over his disputed rights). 

Supplementary. — Every individual must not only have 
right to appeal to the courts, but must also know the 1; 
else this right would be of little use to him. But it is 
the duty of the individual to appear in court. In fe 
times, the powerful nobles often refused to appear, c 
lenged the court, and acted as if it had been an injustic 
the courts to demand their appearance. But this 
condition that contradicts the true conception of a com 
justice. In more modern times the prince must recog 
the authority of the court ovej- himself in private affairs, 
in free states his cases are generally lost. 

§ 222. 

Before courts, justice must have the characteristi 
being demonstrable. The legal procedure enables both pa 
to bring forward effectively their evidence and legal cla 
and the judge to get fully acquainted with the case. T 
steps are themselves rights, and hence their manner of 
cedure must be legally determined. Therefore procedu 
an essential part of the science of law. 



THE CIVIC COMMUNITY, 183 

§ 224. 

s the public proclamation of the laws is a right of 
ective consciousness, so also is the publicity of the 
ration of justice. It follows from the right of know- 
laws, that the possibility of the actualization of the 
particular cases, should be publicly known, both as 
)urse of external events and as to legal principles, 
e history of a case is a universally valid history ; 
►ugh the case, as far as its particular content is 
id, is of interest only to the parties in question, its 
1 content is concerned with a principle of justice, 
etermination touches the interest of all. 
leliberations of the members of the court among 
'es, over the case before decision, are expressions 
3ns and views that are still particular^ and conse- 
not of public nature. 

§225. 

al activity, as the application of the law to par- 
ases, has two sides: firsts an ascertaining of the 
►f the case in its immediate detail^ as, for example, 

there was a contract or not ; whether a certain 
:t has been committed; who has committed it; and, 
Ital cases, the ascertaining of the thoughts and 

that led to the action, according to their substan- 
pable character (§ 119, note); secondly, the sub- 
1 of the case under the law, whose purpose is to 

justice. In criminal cases, the determination of 
ishment falls under this head. These two classes 
ions, that constitute judicial activity, are two (essen- 
fferent functions. 



1 84 ETHICALITY {SITTLICHKEIT), 

§227. 

The first side, the ascertaining the case in its ii 
details and qualifications, contains by itself no judic 
tion. It is a piece of information such as any e 
person may have. Since the subjective element 
comprehension and intention of the agent (see Pa 
essential for the qualification (a true estimate) of an 
since the evidence without this element is not co 
with objects of Reason and the abstract underst 
but only with details, circumstances, and objects oi 
perception and subjective certainty ; and since, hen( 
evidence contains no absolutely objective determ 
therefore, the ultimate factor in the decision is the s 
conviction and conscience (animi sententia), as in re 
the evidence, which depends on what others depc 
affirm, the oath is the ultimate, though subjective tes 

Supplementary. — There is no reason to hold that < 
judge (Jtiristische Richter) should determine the fact; 
case, for this belongs to common intelligence and no^ 
to legal learning. The decision as to what are the 
the case depends on empirical circumstances, on witn 
the act and the like, and then again on facts fron 
conclusions as to the act in question may be drawn, ; 
make it probable or improbable. Here certainty is 
not a truth in the higher sense, for truth is so 
altogether eternal. This certainty is here the su 
conviction, conscience, and the question is, what fc 
certainty should take in the administration of justi 
demand confession of the culprit, as is common in 
courts of justice, has this truth in it, that by so d( 
subjective self-consciousness is satisfied, since the s 
which the judge pronounces should not differ 
consciousness of the convicted person, from the sen 
his own conscience, and since the judgment does n( 



THE CIVIC COMMUNITY, 185 

"to contain an alien element to the transgressor until he has 
confessed his offence. Here is the difficulty however, that the 
transgressor may refuse to confess, and thereby the interests 
of justice be endangered. But, again, if the subjective 
conviction of the judge is to be supreme, there is once more 
a hardship, since man is no longer treated as a free agent. 
This mediation, however, takes place when it is demanded 
that the verdict of guilty or not guilty should come, as from 
the soul of the transgressor, through the verdict of a jury.^ 

The Trial by Jury. 

§228. 

« « « « * 

The right of self-consciousness, the moment of subjective 
freedom^ may be considered as the substantial point of view 
in the question of the necessity of public trial and trial by 
jury. To this, the essential of what can be said on the 
score of utility in favor of these institutions, can be reduced. 
From other considerations and upon other grounds, it is quite 
possible to dispute and defend one way or another this or 
that advantage or disadvantage, but, like all reasons of 
forensic argumentation, these arguments are secondary and 
hence not decisive, or else they are taken from other, and 
perhaps higher, spheres of thought. That it were possible to 
administer justice well, perhaps better, with purely juristic 
courts (/'. <?., courts without juries) than with other institutions, 
does not here concern us ; for if this possibility increased to 
a probability, yes even to a necessity, the right of self-conscious- 
ness would ever retain its demands, and not find itself satisfied. 

1 Hegel's substitute of the verdict of a jury for the confession of the 
criminal is clear, if we remember that he is giving an exposition of the 
common coi^iousness which the criminal implicitly acknowledges. His 
twelve peers state their opinion of the relation of the criminal's particular 
act in regard to the acknowledged common good. — P* m. m. 



1 86 ETHICALITY {SITTLICIIICEIT). 

When the knowledge of jurisprudence (owing to Ael ii 
character and scope of this science), the transactions of tbel I 
courts (legal proceedings) and the possibility of legal prose- 1 n 
cution, become the property of an exclusive class (the legal I ] 
profession); and when the very terminology is in a language 
that is unknown to those of whose rights it treats ; 
members of the civic community being dej>endent on ihm 
mvn (utivit}\ their own knowledge and willy are held as alioi, 
and as minors, in relation to their right, a relation that is really 
a sfKicies of serfdom under the legal profession. And this, 
though their rights form not only the most personal and 
intimate, but the substantial and rational element of their 
knowledge and will. 

Even though they have the right to come bodily into court 
{injudicio stare), this is a right of small value when they may 
not be present spiritually with their own intelligence, and the 
justice that they gain, remains for them an external ^/^. 

§229. 

In the administration of justice the civic community 
brings itself back to the concept of the unity of the implicitly 
universal with subjective particularity, although the latter is 
found in individual cases and the former in the sense of 
abstract justice. This is effected by the Ideals losing itself 
in the particularity and by its separation into an internal 
and an external moment. The realization of this unity in 
the extension of the whole sphere of particularity, at first 
as relative unification, constitutes the organization for police- 
protection, and in the more limited but more concrete totality, 
the municipal corporation. 

Supplementary, — In the civic community the universal is 
only the necessary ; in the social relation of wants, right 
alone, as such, is the fixed. But this right, a limited sphere, 
has reference only to the protection of what I ]|0.ve : right 
as such is welfare, something external. But this welfare is, 



THE CIVIC COMMUNITY, 187 

however, in the system of wants, an essential characterfstic. 
Consequently the universal, which at first is only the right, 
must spread itself out over the whole field of particularity. 
Justice is something great in the civic community : good 
laws make the state flourish, and free (private) property is a 
fundamental condition for its splendor ; but since I am 
totally entwined in particularity, I have a right to demand 
that in this connepted whole (the civic community) my 
particular welfare also, shall be furthered. My welfare, my 
particular interests, must be taken into consideration, apd 
this is done by the police-organization and the municipal 
corporation. 

C. The Police and the Municipal Corporation. 

§230. 

In the system of wants ^ the subsistence and welfare of each 
individual exists as a possibility whose actuality is conditioned 
by the individual's choice and natural peculiarities, as well 
as by the objective system of wants : through the adminis- 
tration of justice the violation of property (property-right) 
and of personality is annulled (is guarded against). The 
right that is actual in particularity contains, however, also 
the demand that the accidental infringements of the rights of 
this or that end shall be abolished^ and that undisturbed sc{fety 
0/ person and property shall be established in the form of the 
assurance of the subsistence and welfare of the individual — 
in other words, justice, or right, as actualized in the par- 
ticular, demands that the particular welfare (/. ^., the welfare 
of each individual) shall be treated as a rights and shall be 
actualized, 

§256. 

The aim of the municipal corporation, being limited and 
finite, has its truth in the independent universal end (the 



1 88 • ETHIC ALITY {SITTLICHKEIT). 

State) and its absolute actuality. The same, too, is true of 
the police functions. The sphere of the civic community is 
thereby merged into the State, 

City and country — the former the location of civic industry, 
that is, of the reflexion that individualizes itself and centres 
in itself ; the latter the location of the ethicality that rests on 
nature, the individuals that mediate their self-preservation in 
relation to other legal persons, and the family, constitute the 
two still ideal phases out of which, as their true ground^ 
the State dere/ops. This evolution of unmediated ethicality 
through the differentiations {Entzweiung) of the civic com- 
munity to the State, which proves itself their true ground, 
and only such an evolution, or derivation, is the scientific 
demonstration of the concept {Begriff) of the State. Because 
in this evolution the scientific concept of the State appears 
as the result^ while it shows itself as the true ground. Hence 
that mediation and that appearance abolish and transform 
themselves into immediacy. In reality, therefore, the State 
is always rather theyfrj/, in which, later, the family develops 
into the civic community. It is the Idea of the State which 
separates itself into these two moments. In the develop- 
ment of the civic community, the ethical substance wins its 
infinite form, which contains the following two phases : 

(i) The infinite differentiation down to the self-dependent 
{fur-sich-seyende) existence-in-itself of self-consciousness ; and 
(2) the form of universality which is in education and culture, 
the form of thought in which the spirit becomes objective 
and actual unto itself in laws and institutions^ that is, in its 
thought-out will as organic totality. 



THE STATE. 189 

THIRD SECTION. 

The State. 

§267. 

The State is the actuality of the ethical Idea ; it is the 
ethical spirit as the manifest {qffenbare) substantial will that 
is fully self -cognizant {sich selbst deutliche), and that thinks 
and knows itself and realizes (voiifiihrt) what it knows and 
in as far as it knows. The State has its immediate existence 
in the ethical life (JSitte) and in the self-consciousness of the- 
individual ; in his knowing and doing (in his knowledge and 
activity) it has its mediated existence, just as the individual 
has his substantial freedom in the State as in his own essence, 
seed and product of activity. 

The penates are the intimate, lower gods, the national 
spirit {Athene)^ the divine that knows and wills itself ; the 
devotion to family ties {pietdt) is ethicality deporting itself 
in feeling : and political virtue is the willing of the conceived 
independent end (of the independent ideal end). 

§ 258. 

The State, as the actuality of the substantial willy (which 
actuality it has in the particular selfconsciousness raised to 
its universality) is the independently (an und fiirsicH) rational. 
This substantial unity is absolute, stable end-for-itself 
{Selbstzweck) in which freedom gains its supreme right, 
just as conversely this final end {Endzweck) has the supreme 
right over against the individuals, whose supreme duty it is to 
be members of the State. 

Abstract of Eemainder of §. 

As long as the interest of the individual as such is alone the 
final end of human federation, we have only the civic com- 



I 



190 ETHJCALITY {S/TTLIC/IAE/T). 

munitv'. not the State. Those who confound these two 
concepts ascribe to the State no higher purpose than the 
protection of j>erson and property. But the true State is 
objective spirit, and the i ndi\'id"a l [^ j^pt hinnQf>]f^ Hjiq nnt 
objectivity and truth, and c annot live an ethical life except 
as a member of the State. To live a universal life, that is, 
to live in organic communion with his neighbors, is the aim 
and purpose of the indi\'idual. Rationality in general is the 
'union of the universal and particular, and here it is the 
union of objective and subjective freedom. But objective 
freedom is the freedom of the universal substantial will, 
and subjective freedom is that of the individual. Hence 
rationality, or concrete freedom, has the form of activity 
determined by ideal and hence universal laws. Here we 
have nothing to do with the historical origin of the State. 
Prove, if you please, that this or that State began with 
patriarchs or social contract, arose from fear or confidence, 
that the rulers claimed divine right, or ruled by pure force 
of custom ; and you have only shown the historical manner 
in which this or that State appeared, and not at all what the 
State is. Philosophy has to do with the inner thougkt-out 
concept of all this. 

Rousseau's "social contract** theory has the merit of 
having, both as to form and content, made thought in the 
form of «////, the principle of the State. But as he knew of 
no will but the individual will, his universal rational Will 
became nothing but a sum of individual wills ; and con- 
sequently his State was founded on nothing better than 
arbitrary choice, inclination, and express, free agreement. 
For results, see the French revolution and what came after 
it. The objective will is the rational State, whether the 
individual recognizes it or not ; and subjective freedom is 
only half of the truth. 

But the State may be falsely founded not only on internal 
particularity, but also on mere external elements, such as 



THE STATE. 19 1 

the vicissitude of wants, the need of protection, brute force, 
wealth, and the like. Now these are indeed elements in the 
historic development of the State, but certainly not in its 
substance. To mistake such empirical particularities for the 
foundation of the State is to be a degree more superficial 
than Rousseau. Not only is the foundation not universal, 
but it is not even the particular as thought and a////, but only 
as empirical particularities. So void of reason is this view, 
which overlooks the infinite and rational elements in the 
State, that it cannot, in its utter lack of thought, even be 
said to be inconsistent with itself. 



\ 



Supplementary to § 258. 

The State in and for itself, is the ethical totality, the 
actualization of freedom ; and actual freedom (freedom 
actually) is the absolute end of Reason. The State is the 
spirit that dwells in the world and realizes itself in the 
World through consciousness^ while in nature the spirit 
actualizes itself only as its own other, as dormant spirit. 
Only when present as consciousness, knowing itself as 
existing objectivity, is this spirit the State. When reasoning 
about freedom one must liot start from the individual 
self-consciousness, but only from the essential nature of 
self-consciousness, for whether one knows it or not, this 
essence still realizes itself as an independent power in which 
the single individuals are only moments : it js ^he_cpurse of 
God through the world that constitutes the State. ._Its.^ 
ground is the power of Reason actualizing itself as will. 
When conceiving the State, one must not think of particular 
States, not of particular institutions, but one must much 
rather contemplate the Idea ^ God as actual on earth {unrk- 
iich)y alone. Every State, though it may be declared 
wretched according to somebody^s principles, though this or 
that imperfection in it must b^ admitted — possesses always, 
if it belongs to the developed States of our times, the essen- 



192 ETHICALITY {SITTLICHA'Eir). 

tial elements of its true existence. But since it is easier 1 
discover faults than to understand positive characteristic 
it is easy to fall into the error of overlooking the intern; 
organism of the State itself in dwelling upK)n extrins 
phases of it. The State is no work of art, it exists in tl 
world, and hence in the sphere of choice, accidence, ai 
error. Hence the evil behavior of its members can disfigu 
it in many ways. But the most deformed (Jidsslichste) humj 
being, the criminal, the invalid, and the cripple are st 
always living human beings : the affirmative, life, remains 
spite of all defects, and here we have to do with this affin 
ative alone. 

§259. 

The Idea of the State has {a) immediate actuality, and 
the individual state as a self-related {sich auf sich beziehendi 
organism, /. ^., the constitution^ or internal national organiz 
tion {inncrcs Staatsrecht) ; (p) the Idea passes over in 
the relations of the single State to other States : the inti 
national rights; and (c) it is the universal Idea as genus ar 
absolute power in relation to single states ; it is the spir 
which gives itself its actuality in the process of the world 
history. 

Supplementary. — The State, as actual, is essentially J 
individual state, and, still more, a particular state. Indivi 
uality must be distinguished from particularity. The form 
is a moment of the Idea of the State itself, while particulari 
belongs to history. The States, as such, are independent 
one another, and, consequently, the relation between the 
can be only external. Hence the need of another synthet 
power to unite them. This third is the Spirit (of humanit 
which gives itself actuality in the world's history, and whi( 
is the absolute judge over single States. Several Stat 
may, as a federation, form a supremacy over others, ar 
confederations, like, for example, the Holy Alliance, mj 



THE STATE. 193 

be formed, but these are always only relative and limited, 
like "the eternal peace." The only absolute judge who 
ever makes himself valid against the particular is the 
independent spirit who presents himself as the universal 
and as the active genus in the history of the world. (The 
spirit of humanity is the spirit of God as actual on earth.) 

A. Internal Polity or National Organization, 

§260. 

The State is the actuality of concrete freedom. In con- 
crete freedom all personal individuality and its particular 
interests find their complete development and the recogni- 
tion of their independent rights (as we have seen them in' 
the sphere of the family and of the civil community) in this 
larger unity. This occurs, partly through these individual 
interests being transformed into universal interests, and, 
partly through individuals recognizing in thought and deed 
this universal as being their own substantial spirit, and 
energizing for it as for their own final end. 

Thus, neither is the universal valid or realized without 
the particular interests, intelligence, and will of individuals, 
nor do individuals live only for the latter as private persons, 
but have also an independent will for the universal and an 
activity conscious of this end. The principle of the modem 
State has this enormous strength and depth, that while it 
allows the principle of subjectivity to evolve itself into the 
independent extreme of personal particularity, it, at the same 
time, brings all this back to substantial unity ^ and thus gains 
the subjective extreme in the substantial unity. 

Supplementary, — The Idea of the State in modem times 
has the peculiarity that it constitutes the realization of 
freedom not according to subjective inclination, but accord- 
ing to the concept of the will, that is, according to the 
universal and divine element of freedom. Those are 



194 ETiriCALITY {SITTLICHK'EIT), 

imperfect States in which the Idea of the State is not yet 
out of the husks, so to speak, in which its particular deter- 
minations have not yet come to free independence. In 
the States of classical antiquity, the universal element was 
already present, but the particularity was not yet liberated 
and brought back to universality, /. ^., to the common end 
of the whole. The essence of the modern State lies in this, 
that the universal is allied to the full liberty of particularity 
and to the well-being of the individuals. Consequently, the 
interests of the family and the civic community combine 
themselves in the State. But they do so in such a way 
that the universality of the end cannot advance without the 
individual's own knowledge and will, which must retain 
their right. The universal must consequently manifest itself 
in action, but subjectivity must also be fully and vitaDy 
developed (be developed in all its fulness and life). Only 
when the two elements are preserved in their full force, can 
the State be considered fully articulated and truly organized. 

§261. 

In reference to the spheres of private rights and private 
welfare, the spheres of the family and the civic commu- 
nity, the State is, on the one hand, an external necessity. 
It appears as their own higher power, to whose nature 
their laws, as well as their interests, are subordinated and 
dependent. But on the other hand, the State is the 
immanent end of these lower spheres and has its strength 
in the unity of its universal final aim, and the particular 
interests of the individuals, because they have duties toward 
the State in just so far as they have rights in reference 
to it (§ 155). 

Montesquieu, especially, as we have before remarked, 
has grasped and attempted to develop in detail in his 
renowned work, The Spirit of the Law, the thought of the 



THE STATE, 195 

-•dependence of laws (especially those relating to private 
^rights) on the definite character of the State. In other 
^ words, he holds the philosophical view that considers the 
5== part only in its relation to the whole. 
"^ Duty^ primarily, is conduct towards something inde- 
nt pendent, universal, and substantial for me, and on the 
1- other hand, rights are the determinate existence of this 
s substantial element, and hence the side of its particularity 
■^ and of my particular freedom. Hence duty and right 
- . appear, at the formal stage, as divided among different 
fcu phases and persons. The State, as the ethical sphere, as 
-i the interpenetration of the substantial and the particular, 
:s contains the principle that my obligation to the substantial 
3: is likewise the characteristic form of existence {DcLsdfi) of 
-t my particular freedom, that is to say, in the State duty 

and right are united in one and the same relation, 

«; But further, in the State the different moments (duty and 

2^ right) arrive at their characteristic form and reality, and thus 

the distinction between duty and right reappears. Hence 

they are (just because they are implicitly, {an sicH)^ i, <?., 

formally, identical) distinct as to their content. In the moral 

3f sphere and in that of private right, the actual necessity of 

4 the relation is not present, and hence there is only an 

-6 abstract similarity of content; that which^ in this abstract 

? sphere, is a right to one ought also to be the right to 

. another, and what is one's duty should also be other's 

duty. Such absolute identity of rights and duties exists only 

as similar identity of content in the determination that this 

content is itself the wholly universal principle, that is, the 

One Principle of duty and right, the personal liberty of 

man. Slaves have, therefore, no duties because they have 

no rights, and, conversely, no rights because no duties. 

(We do not here speak of religious duties.) But in the 

concrete Idea developing itself in itself, these its moments 

differentiate themselves, and in their ^uU determination they 



196 ETHICALITY [SITTLICIiKEIT). 

have also a different content. In the family, the son has 
not rights with the same content as he has duties in relation 
to the father, nor has the citizen rights with the same cantad 
as duties in relation to prince and government. 

This concept of the union of duty and right is one of the 
most important characteristics of States, and constitutes their 
inner strength. 

The abstract side of duty comes no further than to ignore 
and condemn the particular as an unessential and, in itseii^ 
unworthy element. But the concrete conception, the Idea^ 
shows that the element of particularity is just as essential, 
and hence its satisfaction absolutely necessary. The indi- 
vidual must in one way or another, in his performance of 
duty, find his own interests and his own satisfaction or 
recomj>ense ; some right must grow out of his relation to 
the State, by reason of which the universal interest becomes 
his particular interest. Particular interests are surely not to 
be put aside or simply suppressed, but should be harmonized 
with the universal interest. The individual, being a subject* 
in relation to his duties, finds in their performance, as a 
citizen, protection of his person and property, care for his 
own particular welfare, and the satisfaction of his substantial 
essence, the personal consciousness of being a member of 
this totality. Such fulfilment by citizens of duties, as 
labors and business for the State, constitutes the preservation 
and permanence of the State. But according to the abstract 
view, the universal interest would only be that its work and 
business should be performed as duties. 

Abstract of Supplementary §• 

Everything depends on the true union of universality and 
particularity in the State. In the ancient States the will 
of the State was absolute, without reference to the subjective 
interests of individuals. The modern State honors the 

^ Subject in the political sewse ^UntertHan tvQ\. Su6jeJ^V 



THE STATE, 197 

individual. Every duty to the State is also a right of the^ 
individual. The State is simply the organization of the con- V 
cept of freedom. It is the universal condition necessary for I 
the realization of particular end and individual welfare. r 

§ 262. 

The actual Idea^ the Spirit, divides itself into the two 
ideal spheres of its concept (the family and the civic com- 
: niunity). This is the sphere of its finitude. Here, in order 
: to return from this explicit ideality of phases as infinite 
. actual spirit, it assigns these spheres the material for this 
• ' its finite actuality. This finite actuality is given to indi- 
i viduals as a multitude^ so that this allotment to particular 

- individuals appears to be mediated through circumstances, 

- chance, and free choice (§ 185 and note). 

^ Abstract of § 263, § 264 and § 265. 

2 In place of an abstract of some of these paragraphs, I 

- borrow the following expository paraphrase from Dr. Morris' 
^ volume.* 

j " The State, we have said, is the actualization of concrete 

^ freedom. And this is the same as to say that the State is, 

^ in its measure, the actualization of the Idea of Man ; that it 

^ is not simply a contingent means of human perfection, but 

jf is also this perfection itself ; that, in brief, the State is Man, 

^ standing relatively * complete in that fulness and wholeness 

^ 1 HegeFs Philosophy of History ^ by Geo. S. Morris, Ph.D. pp. 84-86. 

Griggs & Co. Chicago, 1887. 

2 " Relatively," I say, in order to prevent a possible misconception. 

Relatively, though with an inferior degree of truth, the same may be 

said of the FamUy which, in the text, is asserted of the State. But, as 
ir we shall see later, the State itself is organic to a larger life and actuality 
,'. of the human spirit, or of the "idea of man," in universal history; while 

universal history, again, is organic to the perfect consummation of 
■ humanity through the discovery of the true will of man in the will of 

God, the adoption of the latter as the inviolable norm of human action, 

and the consequent establishment of man in his spiritual ^erfectloiv ajxd 

completeness as a co-worker with and cViWd oi Ood. 



198 ETHICALITY (SITTLICHA'E/r). 

of developed being which the idea of man as a rational being 
implies. And it is this by virtue of a process which, just 
because it is rather organic than merely mechanical, has the 
form of a process of self-realization. 

To illustrate : The actual tree is such only by virtue 
of a process of growth. In this process the tree becomes 
nothing other than itself, — it realizes itself. It does this, 
further, by separating itself into its natural parts or 
members, — roots and branches. To each it allows a 
separate or distinct existence, and yet holds them all 
together in the unity of one organic and living whole. We 
may say that the tree disperses or distributes itself among 
its members, and this as the very condition, on the ful- 
filment of which, the manifestation of its universal life 
and power, and the actualization of its organic unity (or the 
actualization of the **idea of the tree") irrevocably depend 
Moreover, the tree is not an after-result of the existence 
of the roots and branches : when they begin to exist, its 
existence also begins. So it is with the State. The roots'^ 
of the State are families, and its branches are the iiftttftlfSJns 
of civil society. Its material is individuals. These take 
their places under the mentioned institutions, directed by 
circumstances, by caprice, or by personal choice. The 
element of " subjective freedom " has here its play. But these 
institutions themselves have obviously a universal or general 
character ; and the individual in recognizing them, and in 
maintaining himself in his own chosen place under them, 
recognizes and devotes himself to the service of a universal 
with which, by his own deliberate choice, he has identified 
himself. 

But the universality of these institutions has its ground 
in, and is the manifestation and reflection of, that ethical 
"universal" which we term the invisible State or nation, 
or, more explicitly, the spirit of the nation, — the 
u/3/VersaJ spirit of man, as \t takes form and declares itself 



THE STATE. 199 

in the particular life of the nation. Thus regarded, they 
make up the constitution of the nation ; they are the reason 
of the nation, developed and actualized in particular forms. 
They are, therefore, the * steadfast basis of the State ; they 
immediately determine the temper of the individual citizens 
toward the State, and especially their confidence in it ; and 
they are the pillars of the public freedom, since in them 
particular (individual) freedom is realized in a rational form ; 
and they thus involve an intrinsic union of freedom and 
necessity,' or are, as it were, the living and visible body of 
an interior, organic, and steadfast liberty. 

" But institutions by themselves are impersonal and uncon- 
scious. Their existence, as the above comparison of them 
to the branches of a tree implies, is assimilated in kind to 
that of a natural organism. The law of freedom, as exempli- 
fied in them alone^ is like a natural law, inflexible, unreflecting, 
without shadow of turning. In particular, they contain in 
themselves, as thus viewed and existing, no germ of develop- 
ment. They are the phenomena and product of a public 
spirit, which they accordingly implicitly presuppose, and 
which must distinctly declare and develop itself in the form 
of clear, self-knowing intelligence and will, in order that the 
form of necessity under which institutional freedom existed 
may itself be changed to freedom. This spirit we must 
consider and speak of as the true substance of the State." 

Supplementary to § 265. 

It has already been noted that the sacredness of the oath, 
and the institutions in which the civic community appears 
as ethical, constitute the stability of the whole (the State). 
Through these institutions the universal becomes the 
concern of each and every citizen. It all depends on 
this, that the law of reason and the particular freedom of 
individuals penetrate each other, so that my particular end 
becomes identical with the universal; else the State is a 



200 ETIIICALITY {JSITTLICHICBIT). 

castle built in the air (else there is absolutely no rati' 
foundation for the State). The feeling of self-posses 
(Sc'lbsigfiihl) of the individual constitutes its actuality, 
its stability consists in the identity of these two side 
its being (^universality and particularity). It has often 1 
said that the end of the State is the happiness of 
citizens, and this is, indeed, true. If it goes ill with 
citizens, if their subjective ends are not satisfied, if the; 
not find that the State, as such, is the mediation of 
satisfaction, the State stands on a very weak foundation 

§266. 

But the spirit is not only actual and objective unto itse 
this necessity and as a realm of appearance, but also as 
inner essence and ideality of such appearance. Thus 
substantial universality is object and end unto itself y 
this necessity exists hereby just as much in the forr 
liberty. 

§267. 

The necessity in the ideality of these elements is 
evolution of the Idea within itself. It is, as subjective 
stantiality, the political disposition: and as objective 
distinction from the organism of the State, it is the poli 
State proper and its constitution. 

Supplementary. — The unity of the freedom that kr 
and wills itself, exists primarily as necessity. The 
stantial is, at this stage, the subjective existence of the ; 
viduals ; the other phase of the necessity is the organ 
that is to say, the spirit is a process in itself, articul 
itself in itself, posits distinctions in itself, through w 
it circulates. 

§268. 

This political disposition is termed patriotism in gen 
as certainty resting in truth (mere subjective certa 




THE STATE. 20i 

does not proceed from truth and is nothing but opinion); 
and the will that has become custom is simply the result 
of the institutions existing in the State, as of those in 
•which rationality is actually present. So, too, patriotism is 
manifested by activity in harmony with these institutions. — 
This disposition is, in general, confidence in the State, which 
may attain to more or less cultured insight. It is the 
consciousness that my substantial and particular interest 
is preserved and contained in the interest and aim of an 
other (here the State) in its relation to me as an individual. 
Hereby the State immediately is no longer an other^ a 
stranger to me ; and the ego is free in this consciousness. 

Abstract of Best of §. 

We ought not to understand by patriotism only extraor- 
dinary actions and sacrifices. It is essentially that dispo- 
sition which is accustomed to recognize the communal life, 
in the ordinary circumstances and relations of life, as the 
substantial foundation and final purpose of all activity. 
But as men find it easier to be magnanimous than just, so 
they also easily convince themselves that they possess that 
heroic patriotism, in order to save themselves the trouble of 
having this everyday patriotism. • 

It is very much easier to criticise an institution than to 
understand the truth and necessity at its bottom. In 
questions of religion it is easy to say that this or that is 
superstition, but infinitely harder to understand the truth 
of it. We forget, for our particular interests, that on which 
our whole existence depends. Few of us are conscious of 
the fact when safely passing down a street at night, that 
this safety is the result of an institution ; and if we are, 
we are likely to ascribe it to the mere force of the State, 
when, in reality, the State coheres because of the funda- 
mental sense of order which the great majority have. 



202 ETHIC AL/TY {SITTLICHKEIT). 

§269. 

***** 

Supplementary. — The State is an organism, that is, it is 
the evolution of the Idea into all its differentiations or 
different forms or organs of itself. These differentiated 
sides are thus the different powers of the State and its 
affairs and activity, through which the universal continues 
to bring forth itself and maintain itself in a necessary 
manner, in conformity with the Idea (of the State). Thh 
organism is the political con stiTCfion -^ it proceeds eternally 
from the State, as also the J:>tate maintains itself through 
the constitution. If the two fall outside of each other ; if 
the two sides become free from each other, there is no 
longer that unity posited which the constitution as an 
organism produces. Here the fable of the stomach and 
the other organs finds its application. For it is the nature 
of an organism that, if its parts do not all merge into 
unison of activity ; if one posits itself as independent, all 
go to destruction. In considering the State, one gets 
nowhere with predicates, principles, and the like, since 
the State must be comprehended as an organism. To 
attempt any other course, is just as idle as to try, by the 
aid of ^predicates, to comprehend the nature of God, whose 
life I must, much rather, behold (anschauen) in its very self. 

§270. 

That the purpose and end of the State is the universal 
interest as such, and the satisfaction therein of the particular 
interests as to their substance, is (i) the State's abstract 
actuality, or substantiality ; but this is (2) the State's 
necessity when the actuality of the State divides itself in the 

1 By constitution ( Ver/assung), Hegel does not refer only to the 
constitution on paper, but to the principle on which and by which the 
State is constituted. 



THE STATE, 203 

conceptual distinctions (concept-distinctions) of its activity. 
These distinctions become, through this substantiality, 
really actual and stable determinations, or powers ; (3) but 
this substantiality itself is the self-conscious and self-willing 
spirit, as having passed through the form of culture and educa- 
tion. Hence the State knows what it wills, and knows it 
in its universality as something thought. Therefore the 
State acts according to conscious ends, known principles, 
and according to laws that exist not only in themselves 
(implicitly), but also for consciousness ; and, also, in as 
far as its actions have reference to present circumstances 
and conditions, they are determined by the exact acquaint- 
ance with such relations. 

It is not too much to say that Hegel always and every- 
where shows his deep and vital interest in religion, as one 
of the absolute forms of truth. He is perpetually recurring 
to it and giving extended expositions of its character, 
function and place in the system of absolute truth. We are 
not surprised, therefore, at finding here a long digression 
on the relation of the State to Religion. In place of this 
long translation, however, we deem it of more value to give 
Dr. Morris* ^ very free exposition of Hegel's general view on 
the subject : 

" Is religion the foundation of the State ? Undoubtedly 
it is, and the whole of his Philosophy of the State and of 
History is a progressive demonstration of this truth, and 
of the sense in which it must be understood. JChfi^_Sitate, 
jvigtnjy^ and indeed all natural existence, are the gradual 
actualization- os- manifestation of an Absolute. . E.eason, 
which can and must exist in its eternal fulness only as 
Absolute Spirit, or God. In the ethical world, in particular, 
we are in process of seeing how each lower grade presup- 
poses, as its substantial foundation, proximately the next 
higher one and then absolutely all higher ones. So the 

* pp. SS and 89 of volume previously cited. 



204 ETHJCALITY {SITTLICHKEIT). 

Family presupposes or calls for Civil Society, while tbe 
State is similarly presupposed by both. The particular 
State, again, the nation, with its definite national spirit, is 
organic to, and hence presupposes, a still larger life of tiie 
human spirit, — a life which at once takes up into itself 
and also transcends the limits of separate national eiist- 
ences, and of which universal history is both the expression 
and the demonstration. 

liut man, conceived and known as the spirit immanent 
in universal history, as universal humanity, or Weltgmiy 
is found to be unable to stand alone. He is relative to 
something else, which he presupposes as his 'substantial 
foundation*; he is not absolute. The whole historic life of 
humanity is organic to, and dependent on, the life and 
operation of the absolute and eternal Spirit, of whose 
thought and will it closes the demonstration, begun at the 
lowest grade of finite existence. 

When the natural and ethical worlds are comprehended 
as the progressive incarnation of reason in * reality,' God, 
who is the * absolute truth,* is seen to be the eternal 
presupposition and the omnipresent and actual condition 
of all existence whatever, but most conspicuously of the 
existence of the * ethical world.* If all things whatsoever 
are, in their degree, the revelation and incarnation of that 
supreme reason in which absolute and eternal Being — God, 
Absolute Spirit — consists, and if it is thus true of all things 
that they are a present and actual revelation of divine will 
and spiritual being, much more obviously is this true of an 
ethical organism, an historic power, like the State. So) 
Hegel declares that *the State is divine will, in the form/ 
of a present (national) spirit, unfolding itself in the actuaU 
shape and organization of an (ethical) world.* 

The whole normal process of history, to which all the life 
of man, in Family, Civil Society, and State is organic, consists 
in the progressive realization of concrete human freedom, — 



THE STATE, 205 

'that is, of the essential spiritual nature of man, through 
rii the consc^'ous recognition of God as the * foundation ' of all 
Fo the true life of the human spirit, and of the divine will as 
=^: the true substance or content of the human will. In the 
5/ whole process of history, or of the * ethical world,* humanity 
13 is progressively learning, and showing that it is learning, 
ri that its true language is, * Lo ! I am come to do thy will, 
O God ! * And so the foundation of the State is indeed, 
J. and in the most radical and comprehensive sense, religion, 
which, says Hegel, has ideally *the absolute truth for its 
'S content.' Upon this general truth, both in its generality 
s and in its specific applications, our author finds occasion, 
as we shall see, to insist at almost every step in the develop- 
ment of the philosophy of history, — the spiritual story of 
humanity. 

But when religion is otherwise regarded ; when it is / 
identified with immediate feeling, or with an intuition which ( 
claims exemption from the arduous labor of philosophic [ 
comprehension*; when, accordingly, it degenerates into) 
fanaticism and narrow dogmatism, restricting the presencor 
of God in history within the limits of a select religious 
organization, and treating the State as at the best only a 
soulless and godless mechanism, — then the claim that 
religion is the foundation of the State must be rejected, 
or rather corrected. Then, especially, must the spiritual 
character of the State and its inherent divine right be 
emphasized." 



§ 272-§ 341. 

It is not necessary, for the purpose of the present volume, 
to give even a rhumS of HegePs exposition of the political 
state, as the organized and publicly-expressed will of its 
people. Its articulate form follows from the distinction of 
the universal, the particular, and the individual, and their 
combination in a concrete and living activity. He declares 



2o6 ETIIICAUTY {SITTLId/A-E/T). 

that, as to form, that of a constitutional monarchy is the 
peculiar achievement of the modem world, emphasizing 
the constitutional and representative elements as well as 
• the monarchical one. We have essentially the same articu- 
lation of the three elements in our monarchical democracy, 
and England the same in her democratic monarchy. 

He was specially favorable to the English form, in 
reference to which he uttered his well-known saying that 
the king was ** but a dot upon the /'." The King or the 
President may equally be the mouth-piece of the personality 
of the State, the crown, — or the necessary dot . over the /, 
— of the whole moral organism of the State. What he 
says about laws, as the express forms of the content of 
substantial freedom ; of the constitution as the express will 
of the people ; of the function and moral temper of the 
officers in the whole department of civil (public) service; 
of suffrage being restricted to representatives of definite 
interests organized under the commonwealth; of freedom 
and equality; of the double form and worth of public 
opinion, and of war as an ethical factor, is admirable. 

So, too, what he says as to (J>) international policy is 
admirable. He recognized that any one national spirit is 
a limited one, that no one State can be the "terrestrial 
god," or realize the full nature of man as a political animal. 
Hence he turns to (c) universal history to find the law of 
the development of man as man. Here he gives his inter- 
pretation of the autobiography of humanity, whose indi- 
viduals are nations, progressively and consciously realizing 
the idea of freedom, and entering upon their rightful 
heritage. It is thus throughout an ethical consideration of 
universal history, an ethical estimation of the course of 
man's thoughts and deeds, under Divine guidance, to the 
largest and most rational form of self-realization. 



• /i 



THE STATE, 207 

C. Universal History, 

=- § 341. 

_ . Universal spirit has the element of determinate being in 

^.several forms : — in art, that of sensuous form and symbol, 

-. ,in religion, that of sentiment and pictorial conceptions, in 

. philosophy, that of pure, free thought; while in universal 

g. history it is that of the spiritual actuality of humanity in 

^ the whole circle of its internal and external activity. The 

history of the world is the judgment of the world, because 

it contains, in its self-dependent universality, all special 

forms — the family, civil society, and nation, reduced to 

ideality, /. e, to subordinate but organic members of itself. 

It is the task of the spirit to produce all these special forms. 

§ 342. 

Further, universal history is not the mere judgment of its 
own power, /. ^., it is not the abstract and irrational necessity 
of blind fate. But inasmuch as it is inherently rational and 
self-conscious, it is rather 'the evolution of the phases of 
reason and, consequently, of its self-consciousness and 
freedom ; it is the actualization and interpretation of 
universal spirit. 

§343. 

The true history of the spirit is its own deed, for spirit is 
real only so far as it is activity. And the true deed of spirit 
is to make itself its own object, to comprehend itself in its 
own self-exposition. Such comprehension is its vital prin- 
cipal, and the fulfilment of this comprehension is at the 
same time its own alienation (Entdusserung) and transition. 
And spirit returning back into itself out of this alienation is 
the spirit of the higher stage in relation to itself as it existed 
in its first comprehension. 



2o8 ETHICALITY {SITTLICHA'EIT). 

Here arises the question concerning the education 
perfectibility of the human race. Those who maimair 
perfectibility of humanity have intuitively anticipated sc 
thing of the nature of spirit — of its nature to have Fi 
ccaiToF as the law of its being and to thus reach a hig 
stage than that of mere existence. But, for those who di 
this view, spirit has been a mere name, and history- a men 
superficial play of accidental human passions and struck 
Though they professedly hold to faith in a supreme pow» 
and plan of providence, these terms remain dead coi 
ceptions, for they expressly say that the plan of Pro\'ideno 
forever remains inconceivable and unknowable. 

§344. 

In this labor of the world-spirit, nations and individuals 
appear in all their special forms, which have their actuality 
and exposition in their whole circle of existence. They are 
conscious of these latter and profoundly interested in them, 
and yet they are, at the same time, the unconscious tools 
and organic phases of that inner labor of the world-spirit 
They arise and they also vanish in this task of the world- 
spirit, which thereby prepares and works out its transition 
into the next higher stage. 

§346. 

Justice and virtue, violence and vice, talents and their 
deeds, small and great passions, guilt and innocence, the 
glory of individuals and nations, independence, the fortimes 
and misfortunes of empires and individuals have their 
definite significance and worth in this sphere of conscious 
actuality and find therein their judgment and their still 
imperfect justice. But the history of the world lies beyond 
all such points of view. In it, that necessary phase of the 
Idea of the world-spirit, which is at any time existent, 
receives its absolute right : people, with all their deeds, who 



THE STATE, 209 

.live in this phase, receive their completion, their fortune and 
renown. 

§346. 

History is the formation of spirit into deed, into the form 
of immediate natural actuality. Hence the phases of the 
development are present as immediate natural principles. 
And because of their being merely natural, they are various 
and disconnected. Hence each people has its own peculiar 
natural principle — its geographical and anthropological 
character. 

§347. 

The world-spirit, in its onward 'march, hands over to each 
people the task of working out its own peculiar vocation. 
Thus in universal history each nation in turn, is for that 
epoch (and it can make such an epoch only once), dominant. 
Against this absolute right to be the bearer of the present 
stage of the development of the world-spirit, the spirits of 
the other nations are absolutely without right, and they, 
as well as those whose epochs are passed, count no longer 
in universal history. The special history of any world- 
historical nation contains, partly the development, of its 
genius from its infantile state to its bloom, when it attains 
to free ethical self-consciousness and holds the wheel of the 
world's destiny ; partly, it also contains the period of its 
downfall and destruction. For thus the rise of a higher 
principle appears as only the abrogation and the fulfilment 
of its own earlier form. . . . 

§348. 

At the head of all great historical events we find 
individuals who accomplish the essential destiny of a 
people or an epoch. As t6ols of the world-spirit, they do 
the deed without conscious design of its full significance 



2IO 



ETiriCALITY {SITTLICHKEIT). 



and consequences. Their contemporaries and even pos- 
terity may decline to bestow due honor upK>n them for the 
deed. But the true view of their mission, gives them ther 
part in immortal renown. 

§349. 

A people is not directly a State. The transition of a 
clan, horde, tribe or multitude into the make-up of a state 
constitutes the formal realization of the Idea as such in it 
A people is potentially ethical substance, but unless it is 
formed into State it lacks the determinate being which fixed 
laws can give it, both for itself and others, and, hence, can 
have no recognition and can assert no sovereignty. 

§350. 

It is the absolute right of the Idea to appear in laivs 
and objective institutions, springing from wedlock and 
agriculture, whether the form of this realization appears as 
divine legislation and grace, or as violence and wrong. 
Such right is the right of heroes to found states. 

§351. 

Hence it also happens that civilized nations consider and 
treat such nations as represent a lower stage, as barbarians, 
esteeming their rights as inferior and their independence 
as merely nominal. Their wars are of significance in the 
world-history, only as representing the element of the 
struggle for recognition: 

§ 352. 

The genii of peoples as concrete Ideas^ have their truth 
and character in the Absolute Idea, They stand around the 
throne of the world-spirit as the executors of its realization, 
and as witnesses and ornaments of its glory. As world- 



THE STATE. 2II 

Spirit it is only its own deed of coming to itself — to 
conscious knowledge of its own being and mission of 
freedom. There are four marked principles of the forma- 
tion of this self-consciousness in the course of its freedom, 
/. ^., the four world-historical empires. 

These are : (i) The Oriental, (2) the Greek, (3) the 
Roman and (4) the Germanic Empires. 

§ 353. 

In the first of these it (the world-spirit) has the form 
of substantial spirit, in which all individuality remains 
suppressed and without the right of existence. 

The second principle is the knowledge of this substantial 
spirit. It is the positive content and fulfilment and inde- 
pendency as the vital form of the world-spirit, which is 
beautiful ethical individuality. 

The third is the self-involution of this knowledge and 
independence to abstract universality. It thus renders all 
objectivity spiritless and comes into infinite opposition to it. 

The principle of the fourth form is that of the change 
of this opposition of Spirit, so as to receive inwardly its 
own truth and concrete nature, and to be reconciled with 
objectivity, and thus to be at home with itself in the sphere 
of the secular. This change also involves its creating and 
knowing its truth as thought and as the real definite world. 
It involves this, because it is spirit which has overcome its 
opposition to secular objectivity and returned, ladened with 
all the spoils of victory, to universal Spirit. 

This division gives the skeleton outlines, which Hegel's 
Philosophy of History clothes with all the vitality of the 
spirit of God, as the spirit of humanity. This work is 
already so well known in translation^ as to render un- 

1 Lectures on the Philosophy of History ^ by G. W. F. Hegel, translated 
by J. Sibree, M.A. Bohn's Philosophical Library, 1861. 



212 ETHICALITY {SITTLICHKEIT). 

necessary more than commendatory reference to it. We, 
however, select a few paragraphs as the fitting close of 
this volume on Hegel's Ethics : — 

"The History of the world is the progress of man in the 
consciousness of freedom. ... It is the discipline of the 
uncontrolled natural will, bringing it into obedience to a 
universal principle and conferring subjective freedom. . . . 
The Orientals knew that one is free, who was only a despot 
not a free man. The Greeks and Romans knew that some 
are free, — not man as such. The Germanic nations, under 
the influence of Christianity, were the first to attain the 
consciousness that man, as man, is free — that it is the 
freedom of spirit which constitutes his essence. . . . But 
to introduce this principle into the various relations of the 
actual world, involves, besides its simple implantation, a 
severe and lengthened process of education." ^ 

" The spirit of God lives in the Church, but it is in the 
world, as a yet inharmonious material, that spirit is to 
be realized. The world, or secular business, cannot be 
repudiated, and ultimately the discovery is made that spirit 
finds the goal of its struggle and its harmonization in that 
very sphere which it made the object of its resistance — it 
finds that secular pursuits are a spiritual occupation." ^ 

"This fourth phase of World-History answers to the 
old age of man's life. The old age of nature^ however, is 
weakness ; but the old age of spirit is its perfect maturity 
and strength, in which it returns to unity with itself, but in 
its fully developed character as spirit. This fourth phase 
begins with the Reconciliation presented in Christianity — 
but only in the germ, without national or political develop- 
ment." « 

After portraying the terrible but wholesome discipline of 
the middle ages, under the two iron rods of ecclesiastical 
power and serfdom, he says : — 

^PP' 19 and no. 2 p. ^68. 'p. 115. 



THE STATE. 213 

" Humanity has now attained the consciousness of a real 
internal harmonization of spirit and a good conscience in 
regard to actuality — to secular life. The human spirit has 
come to stand on its own basis. In the self-consciousness 
to which man has thus advanced, there is no revolt against 
the Divine, but a manifestation of that better subjectivity 
which recognizes the Divine in its own being ; which is 
imbued with the Good and the True, and which directs 
its activities to the general and liberal objects bearing the 
stamp of rationality and beauty." ^ 

In speaking of the Reformation, he says : " This is the 
essence of the Reformation : man, in his very nature, is 
destined to be free."^ 

In showing how the modern spirit has taken up and 
made its own "the absolute inwardness of soul," and yet 
demands the surrendering of one's mere private subjectivity 
to substantial truth, required by Christianity, he says : — 

" In the proclamation of these principles is unfurled the 
new and final standard round which the nations rally — 
the banner of Free Spirit^ independent, while finding its life 
in the truth and enjoying its independence only in the 
truth. This is the banner which we bear and under which 
we serve. Time has no other work to do than the formal 
imbuing of the world with this principle, in bringing the 
Reconciliation implicit in Christianity into objective and 
explicit realization. . . . This is the sense in which we 
must understand the State to be based on Religion. States 
and Laws are nothing else than Religion manifesting itself 
in the actual relations of the secular world." * 

"Secular life is the positive and definite embodiment of 
the Spiritual Kingdom — the Kingdom of Will manifesting 
itself in outward existence. . . . That which is just and 
moral belongs to the essential, independent and intrinsically 
universal will ; and, if we would know what is right, we 

1 p. 425. 2 p. 434. 8 TJ. 4,Tj|i,. 



214 ETHICALITY [SITTLICHKEIT), 

must abstract all subjective inclinations and desires, i, e,, we 
must know what the Will is in itself. The Will is free only 
when it does not will anything alien to itself (as universal) 
but wills itself alone — walls the Will (universal)."^ 

Then, after making most trenchant criticism of this 
principle when applied in the abstract way which led to 
**the Age of Reason," the French Revolution and the 
Aufkldrung^ ruthlessly destroying all the holy web of human 
institutions, he says : — 

"It is a false principle, that the fetters which bind 
justice and liberty can be broken without the emancipation 
of the Conscience — that there can be a Revolution with- 
out a Reformation. . . . Mere external power can affect 
nothing in the long run : Napoleon could no more coerce 
Spain into freedom than Phillip II. could force Holland 
into slavery."^ 

" In the Protestant world there is no sacred or religious 
conscience in a state of separation from or, perhaps, even 
of hostility to secular right. This is the point attained by 
the modern Consciousness. . . . Objective freedom — the 
laws of real freedom — demand the subjugation of the 
arbitrary, formal, subjective will. Yet while the objective 
is the rational for man, there is the further demand that 
insight and conviction correspond with the Reason which 
the objective embodies. Thus we have the other essential 
element — subjective freedom — also realized." • 

"That the History of the World, with all the changing 
scenes which its annals present, is this process of the 
development and actualizat ion of Spirit — this is the true 
Theodicy, the justification of God in History. Only this 
insight can reconcile the human spirit with the course of 
Universal History — viz,^ that what has happened and is 
happening each day is not only not without God, but that 
it is essentially His work."* 

-'p. 461, ^ p. 472. * p. ^•76. * t^. <77, 



INDEX. 



Abstractness, vice of, ii, 27. 
Aufkldrungy ethics of the, 20. 

Chinese morality, 13. 
Church and state, 47, 203. 
City and country, 188. 
Classes of civil society, 170-174. 
Community, the civic, 159, 187. 
Conscience, 1 16-133. 

private, 117. 

the true, 120. 

Contract, 33, 89. 
Corporation, the municipal, 187. 
Crime, 34, 94. 
Culpability, 108. 

Dialectical method, 28. 

Divorce, 156. 

Duty for duty's sake, 14. 

Education of the race^ 208. 

of children, 208. 

End, the, sanctifies the means, 128. 
Ethicality, 11, 39, 67, 135. 
Ethics, absolute, 53, 204. 

Christian, 56. 

Evil, moral, 37, 122. 
origin of, 123. 

Family, the, 41, 148. 

Fichte, 7,*i7. 

Finality in morals impossible, 51. 

Fraud, 94. 

Freedom, steps in progress of, 52. 



Green, T. H., 51. 

Hegel, a Moses, 1 5. 

biographical sketch of, 1-8. 

method of, 27. 

relation of to previous ethical 

thought, 8, 22. 
History, universal, 207. 

epochs in, 209. 

Hypocrisy, 127. 

Intention, the right of, no. 
Irony, 131. 

Jacobi, 14, 129. 

Jury, trial by, 185. 

Justice, administration of, 174. 

courts of, 181. 

Kant, criticism of, 9, 16, 36. 

Key words, 57. 

Know thyself [r^w^i irtQ.\nhv\y 10. 

Labor, nature of, 166. 

division of, 167. 

Logic (Hegel's) as metaphysics, 23. 
Love, 148. 

Man, how good and evil by nature, 

123. 
Marriage, 42, 90, 150. 

ethical duty of, 150. 

solemnizati6n of, 1 53. 

Monarchy, 206. 



2l6 



INDEX, 



Montesquieu, 194. 
Morality, 11, 36, 67, 102/ 

laws of, 142. 

Morris, Prof. Geo. S., 30. 

quoted, 197, 211. 

Mulford, Rev. Dr. E. 44. 

Nature, philosophy of, 24. 

Pascal, 126. 

Patriotism, 200. 

Pedagogue, the right of the, 144. 

Person, the abstract, 32, 72. 

Personality, 73. 

Philosophy, the task of, 63. 

Police, 187, 

Possessions, 82, 84. 

Probabilism, 127. 

Property, 33, 76, 154. 

equality of, not rational, 80. 

Punishment, 34, 95. 

-false theories of, 98. 

Purpose and culpability, 108. 

Rationalism, eighteenth century, 

20. 
Reformation, the, 213. 
Religion and the state, 47, 203. 
Revenge, 99. 

Revolution, the French, 214. 
Right, abstract, 32, 71, 75. 

of necessity, 114. 

Rousseau, 190. 

Royce, Prof. Josiah, VIII., 2. 



Schelling, 7, 19. 

Secular affairs, sacredness of, 212, 
213. 

Slavery, 33, 88. 

State, the, 44. 

an organism, 198, 202. 

ancient and modem, 196. 

and individuals, 198. 

and institutions, 198. 

and religion, 203. 

and the church, 47. 

distinguished from civil so- 
ciety, 189. 

rights and duties in, 195. 

Spirit, the philosophy of, 26. 

the testimony of the, 137. 

Station, my, and its duties, 14. 

Stirling, Dr. J. H., V., VIII., 3. 

Suicide, wrong, 87. 

Superstition, 87. 

Theodicy, Hegel's, 214. 

Virtue, talk about, empty, 140. 

Wants and their satisfaction, 163. 
Wealth, 168. 

impossibility of equality of, 

169. 
Wedlock. 149. 
Will, the, as thought, 64. 

as infinite and free, 65. 

Wrong, 91. 



ADVERTISEMENTS. 



PHILOSOPHY. 



Empirical Psychology ; 



or. The Human Mind as Given in Consciousness. 

By Laubbns P. Hickok, D.D., LL.D. Revised with the co-0];>eration of 
Julius H. Seely«, D.D., LL.D., Ex-Prest. of Amherst College. 12mo. 
300 pages. Mailing Price, $1.25; Introduction, 31.12. 



npHE publishers believe that this book will be found to be re- 
markably comprehensive, and at the same time compact and 
clear. It gives a complete outline of the science, concisely pre- 
sented, and in precise and plain terms. 

It has proved of special value to teachers, as is evidenced by its 
zecent adoption for several Reading Circles. 



College, O. : This new edition may 
be confidently recommended as pre- 
senting a delineation of the mental 
faculties so clear and accurate that 
the careful student will hardly fail 
to recognize its truth in his own ex- 
perience. 



John Baseom, formerly Pres, Uni- 
vergUy of Wisconsin^ Madison : It is 
an excellent book. It has done much 
good service, and, as revised by 
President Seelye, is prepared to do 
much more. 

I. W. Andrews, fonnerly Prof of 
JnteUectucU Philosophy, Marietta 

Hickok' 8 Moral Science. 

By Laurens P. Hickok, D.D., LLD. Revised with the co-operation of 
Julius H. Seelye, D.D., LL.D., Ex-Prest. of Amherst College. 12mo. 
Cloth. 288 pages. Mailing Price, $1.25; Introduction, $L12. 

A S revised by Dr. Seelye, it is believed that this work will be 
"^ foimd unsurpassed in systematic rigor and scientific precision, 
and at the same time remarkably clear and simple in style. 



0. P. Fisher, Prof of Church His- 
tory, Yale College : The style is so 
perspicuous, and at the same time so 
ooaoise, that the work is emmently 
135 



adapted to serve as a text-book in 
colleges and higher schools. In mat* 
ter and manner it is a capital bool^ 
and I wish it God speed. 



136 PHILOSOPHY. 

Lotze's Philosophical Outlines, 

Dictated Portions of the Latest Lectures (at Gottiiigen and Berlin) ol 
Hermann Lotze. Translated and edited by Gbobgb T. Ladd, Fio* 
fessor of Pliilosopby in Yale University. 12mo. Cloth. About 180 
pages in each yofume. Mailing price per volume, $1.00 : for introdii&> m^ 
tion, 80 cents. m 

I T 
rPHE German from which the translations are made consists of m 

the dictated portions of his latest lectures (at Gottingen, and 1^ 
for a few months at Berlin) as formulated by Lotze himself 1^ 
recorded in the notes of his hearers, and subjected to the mosfc 
competent and thorough revision of Professor Rehnisch of Got* 
tingen. The Outlines give, therefore, a mature and trustworthy 
statement, in language selected by this teacher of philosophy him- 
self, of what may be considered as his final opinions upon a wide [ 
range of subjects. They have met with no little favor in Grermany. 
These translations have been undertaken with the kind pennis* 
sion of the German publisher, Herr S. Hirzel, of Leipsic. 

Outlines of Metap/i/sic. 

This contains the scientific treatment of those assumptions which enter 
into all our cognition of Realitv. It consists of three parts, — Ontology, 
Cosmology, Phenomenology. The first part contains chapters on the CoO' 
ception of Being, the Content of the Existent, Reality, Change, and Cansih 
tion ; the second treats of Space, Time, Motion, Matter, and the Coherency 
of Natural Events ; the third, of the Subjectivity and Objectivity of Gog^ 
nition. The Metaphysic of Lotze gives the key to his entire philo8ophi(»l 
system. 

Outlines of the Philosophy of Religion, 

Lotze here seeks " to ascertain how much of the Content of Religion nunr 
be discovered, proved, or at least confirmed, agreeably to reason." w 
discusses the Proof for the Existence of God, the Attributes and Personality 
of the Absolute, the Conceptions of the Creation, the Preservation, and tbs 
Government, of the World, and of the World-time. The book closes with 
brief discussions of Religion and Morality, and Dogmas and Confessions. 

Outlines of Practical Philosophy. 

This contains a discussion of Ethical Principles, Moral Ideals, and the 
Freedom of the Will, and then an application of the theory to the Indi- 
vidual, to Marriage, to Society, ana to the State. Many interesting 
remarks on Divorce, Socialism, Representative Government, etc., abonnd 
throughout the volume. Its style is more popular than that of tiie other 
works of Lotze, and it will doubtless be widely read. 

Outlines of Psychology, 

The Outlines of Psychology treats of Simple Sensations, the Course ol 
Representative Ideas, of Attention and Inference, of Intuitions, of Objects 
as in Space, of the Apprehension of the External World by the Senses, of 
Errors of the Senses, of Feelings, and of Bodily Motions. Its second part 
is ** theoretical," and discusses the nature, position, and changeable states 
of the Soul, its relations to time, and the reciprocal action of Soul and Body. 
JtcloBSB with a chapter on the ** Kingdom of Souls.*' Lotze is pecuHaE^ 
rich and snggeatiYe in the discaaaioii ol¥s^c\io\o^. 



PHILOSOPHY. 



137 



t^/ines of Esthetics. 

The Ontlines of iBsthetics treats of the theory of the Beantifiu and of 
IsADtasv, and of the Realization and Different Species of the Beautiful. 
^len follow brief chapters on Music, Architecture, Plastic Art, Painting, 
Kid Poetry. This, like the other volumes, has a full index. 

mtlinea of Logic, 

This discusses both pure and applied Lo^c. The Logic is followed by a 
>7ief treatise on the EncyclopsBdia of Philosophy, in which are set forth 
he definition and method of Theoretical Pmlosophy, of Practical Phi- 
Dsophy, and of the Philosophy of Religion. This yoiume is about one-fifth' 
than the others, and makes an »lmirable brief text-book in Logic. 

as a thinker is so well understood. 
The translation is careful and pains- 
taking. 



ICnd, lAyndon^ Eng.: No words 
ire needed to commend such an en- 
^rprise, now that Lotze's importance 



The Philosophical Review. 

A Bi-monthly Journal of General Philosophy, 

Edited by J. G. Schtjrman, Dean of the Sa^e School of Philosophy and 
President of Cornell University. Subscription price, S3.00. Single 
copy, 75 cents. Foreign Agents : Great Britain^ Edward Arnold, Lon- 
don; Germany f Mayer & Miiller, Berlin; France^ E. Leroux, Paris; 
Itcdifj E. Loescher, Kome. Volume II. began with January, 1893. 

pHE PHILOSOPHICAL REVIEW is intended as an organ for 
the publication of the results of investigation in every branch 
>f Philosophy. It is made up of original articles, reviews of books, 
uid classified summaries of periodical literature. 

The Review will not enter into competition with those special- 
ized or technical journals which are already engaged in the minute 
Boltivation of particular branches of Philosophy. Its domain is 
bhe still unoccupied field of General Philosophy : that whole which 
Includes, along with the older subjects of Logic, Metaphysics, and 
Ethics, the newer subjects of Psychology, -Esthetics, Pedagogy, 
and Epistemology, both in their systematic form and in their his- 
torical development. Its field is as broad as mind. And it will 
be an open forum alike for those who increase the stock of positive 
data and for those who strive to see new facts in their bearings 
and relations, and to trace them up to their ultimate speculative 
implications. 

With the generality of its scope, the Review aims to combine 
an impartiality and catholicity of tone and spirit. It will not be 
the organ of any institution, or of any sect, or of any interest. It 
will maintain the same objectivity of attitude as a journal of Math- 
Bmatics or Philology. All articles will be signed, and the writers 
Edone will be responsible for their conteutA. 



138 



PHILOSOPHY. 



for 
E 

wr 



>4 Brief History of Greek Philosophy. 

Bj B. C. Burt, M.A., formerly Docent of Philosophy, Claik UttlTanl^ 
12mo. Cloth, xiv + 296 pages. MaQiog price, $1.25 ; for introd., luL 

rpiIIS work attempts to give a concise but comprehensiye accmnl 
of Greek Philosophy on its native soil and in Borne. Iti 
critical and interpretative, as well as purely historical, its {■» 
graphs of criticism and interpretation, however, being, as a nh^ I ^^ 
distinct from those devoted to biography and exposition. Tli I itt 
wants of the reader or student who desires to ccmprehend^ rafter I j^^ 
than merely to inform himself, have particularly been' in the nuiA 1 4e 
of the author, whose aim has been to let the subject unfold itself 
as far as possible. The volume contains a fuU topical table of ea» | N 
tents, a brief bibliography of the subject it treats, and numerous 
foot-notes embracing references to original authorities and assist- 
ing the student towards a real contact with the Greek thinken 
themselves. 



G. Stanley Hall, Pres. Clark Uni- 
versity : His book is the best of its 
kind upon the subject. 

Geo. S. Morris, late Prof, of PhU' 
osophy in Michigan University •• 
What Professor Burt has done is to 
collect in compendious form what 
is most characteristic and of most 
essential si^ificance in these results 
of philosophical investigation, and 



then to re-interpret or re-exhililt 
them in the light of the more mabin 
fruits of modem inquiry. ThiBk 
the best and most serviceable kisi 
of originality. 

W. T. Harris, Editor Jour, of Spvi' 
vlative Philosophy: I have fbnod 
this work in f^iilosopby to posseA 
high merit, ^a grasp of the histof 
of the subject Is rare and trostwoithii 



The Modalist; or, ne Laws of Rational Conviction. 

A Text-Book in Formal or General Loffic. By Edward John Haiol* 
TON, D.D., formerly Albert Barnes Professor of Intellectual Philosoidi|, 
Hamilton College, N.Y. 8vo. Cloth. 337 pages. Price, by mul, 
$1.40; for introduction, $1.25. 

rpmS book restores modal propositions and modal syllogisms to 
the place of importance which they occupied in the Logic of 
Aristotle. The author thinks that universal and particular cate- 
gorical prc^sitions cannot be understood, as principles of xeasoi-^ 
ing, and as employed in << mediate inference," unless the one he 
regarded as expressing a necessary and the other a contingent 
sequence. Therefore, also, he explains the pure syllogism by the 



PHILOSOPHY. 



139 



modal. Moreover, there are modes of reasoning which can be 
formulated only in modal syllogisms. 



Henry Copped, Prof, of English 
ZdiercUvre t» Lehigh University : The 
Hodalist is evidently the work of a 
writer who has studied logic with 
great care and pleasure, and will 
mrove a valnable text-book with the 
professor's aid to the student in 
"ifeadyinia: it. 

The Christian TTnion, New York : 
b it the author aims to give a clear 
llefinition of the science, to determine 
«acactly its scope and sphere, to base 



it properly upon perceptionalism, 
and to exploit thoroughly the theory 
of inference and illative judgment. 
His discussion of the new anal3rtic 
and of contingency in the twenty- 
first and two following chapters is 
extremely interesting, and his criti- 
cism of Euler's diagrams and of 
Hamilton's notation is acute. While 
somewhat minute, it is, on the whole, 
the best text-book in logic we have 
seen in the English language. 



Mechanism and Personality. 



By Francis A. Shoup, D.D., Professor of Analytical Physics, Univer- 
sity of the South. 12mo. Cloth, xvi + 341 pages. Price by mail, $1.30 ; 
for introduction, $1.20. 

rpHIS book is an outline of Philosophy in the light of the latest 

scientific research. It deals candidly and simply with the 

** burning questions" of the day, the object being to help the 

general reader and students of Philosophy find their way to some- 

I tiling like definite standing-ground among the uncertainties of 

science and metaphysics. It begins with physiological psychology, 

: treats of the development of the several modes of personality, 

\ passes on into metaphysic, and ends in ethics, following, in a 

I general way, the thought of Lotze. It is strictly in line with the 

I remark of Professor Huxley, that "the reconciliation of physics 

and metaphysics lies in the acknowledgment of faults upon both 

Bides; in the confession by physics that all the phenomena of 

nature are, in their ultimate analysis, known to us only as facts of 

consciousness ; in the admission by metaphysics that the facts of 

consciousness are, practically, interpretable only by the methods 

and the formulae of physics." 



George Trumbull Ladd, Prof, of 
Philosophy, Yale University : I find 
Dr. Shoup's ** Mechanism and Per- 
sonality " an interesting and stimu- 
lating little book. Written, as it is, 
by one whose points of view are 
somewhat outside of those taken by 
professioDA] stadents of philosophy, 
h is the fresher and more suggestive 



on that account. At the same time, 
the author has kept himself from 
straying too far away from the con- 
clusions legitimate to disciplined 
students of the subject, by a some- 
what close adherence to Lotze, and 
by a considerable breadth of philo* 



140 PHILOSOPHY. 



UNDER THE EDITORIAL SUPERYISION OF 

Professor E. IIershey Sneath of Yale University. 

rPHE primary object of the series is to facilitate the study of the 
History of Ethics in colleges. This History will be in the 
form of a series of small volumes, each devoted to the presentation 
of a representative system of Modem Ethics m selections from the 
original works. The selections will be accompanied by notes, and 
prefaced by a brief biographical sketch of the author, a statement 
of the ^elation of his system to preceding and subsequent ethical 
thought a brief exposition of the system, and a bibliography. 

All teachers will doubtless concede the advisability of placing 
original works in the hands of students instead of mere expo- 
sitions — such as are contained in the various Histories of Ethics. 
In a number of instances, however, the original editions are 
exhausted, and only a few copies are available ; and, in other 
instances, the books are too elaborate and expensive, if a numbel 
of systems are to be studied. The series will make provision for 
these difficulties by presenting each system in carefully edited 
extracts, and in a form which will entail comparatively little 
expense upon the student. 

See also the Announcements, 

The Ethics of Hume. 

By Dr. J. H. Hyslop, of Columbia College. 12mo. Cloth. 276 pages. 
IVLailing price, $1.10; for introduction, $1.00. 

rpiIE present volume contains the whole of the third book of the 
Treatise of Human Nature, and such portions of the second 
book as throw light upon or are connected with Hume's moral 
theory. 

The analysis and criticism of his system follows lines somewhat 

different from that of Green, and are designed to present Hume 

in another light. In all respects it is hoped that the volume may 

prove helpful to those who wish to study the ethical system of 

Kant's pi'edecessor. 



POLITICAL SCIENCE. 



143 



Political Science and Comparatiue Constitutional 

Law. 

By JoHK W. BuBGESS, LL.D., Professor of Constitutional and Inter- 
national History and Law, and Dean of the School of Political Science 
in Columbia College. Two volumes. Svo. Cloth. 781 pages. Retail 
pricoi ^.00. Special terms to teachers and for introduction. 



ft 



rpHE first Part of the work is devoted to the general principles of 
political science. It is divided into three Books. The first 
book treats of the nation as an ethnological concept ; the second 
treats of the state, its idea, its origin, its forms, and its ends ; and 
the third shows the historical development of the four typical 
constitutions of the modern age, those of England, Germany, 
France, and the United States. 

The second Part is devoted to a comparison of the provisions of 
these typical constitutions and a generalization from these provis- 
ions of some fundamental principles of constitutional law. The 
three Books of this Part treat, the first of sovereignty within the 
constitution, the second of civil liberty, and the third, which con- 
stitutes the second volume, of government, legislative, executive, 
and judicial. 

The London Times : A very 
learned, elaborate, and suggestive 
work. . . . His work ... is full of 
keen analysis and suggestive com- 



ment, and is a noteworthy contribu- 
tion to the comparative study of 
political science and jurisprudence. 



Currency, Finance, and Banking. 

Laws of the United States relating to Currency, Finance, and Bankine ; 
with Vetoed Bills and other documents. Compiled by Charles F. 
Dunbar, Professor of Political Economy in Harvard University. Svo. 
Cloth. 309 pages. Mailing price, $2.50 ; special terms for use in classes. 

rpHIS book presents in chronological order the exact text of all 
important acts of Congress relating to currency, finance, coin- 
age, and banking from 1789 to 1891, with cai-efully edited abstracts 
of acts or sections of minor impoi'tance. 



The Nation, New York: A work 
of obvious utility and convenience. 
. . . Professor Dunbar's task has been 
most scmpuloosly executed, and a 



bare statement of the nature of it 
will stand in lieu of praise. The 
volume is beautifully printed. 

N 






BOOKS IN HIGHER ENGLISH. 



Introd. Pnir. 



Alexander: Intrndnctlon to BrowniDg Sl.Oit 

Athenaum Press Series : 

Cook: Sidney's Defense of Poesy 80 

Gummere: Old En^^lish Ballads 00 

Schelliug: Ben Jonson's Timber . .80 

Baker : Plot-Book of Some Elizabethan Plays .00 

Cook : A First Book in Old Englisb .00 

Shelley's Defense of Poetry .50 

The Art of Poetry 1.12 

Hunt's What is Poetry? 50 

Newman's Aristotle's Poetics 30 

Addison's Criticisms on Paradise I..ost 1.00 

Bacon's Advancement of Learning 00 

Ck>r80n: Primer of English Verse 1.00 

Emery : Notes on En«;]ish Literature 1.00 

English literature Pamphlets: Ancient Mariner, .05; First 

Bunker Hill Address, .10; Essay on Lord Olive, 
.15; Second Essay on the Earl of Chatham, .15; 
Burke, I. and II. ; Webster, I. and II. ; Bacon ; 
Wordsworth, I. and II.; Coleridge and Burns; 

Addison and Goldsmith Each .15 

Fulton & Tmeblood : Practical Elocution Retail 1.50 

Ciioice Readings, ^1.50; Chart of Vocal Expression . 2.00 

College Critic's Tablet (» 

Oamett: English Prose from £liza1)eth to Victoria .... 1.50 

Oayley: Classic Myths in English Literature 1.50 

Oenung: Outlines of Rhetoric 1.00 

Elements of Rhetoric, $1.25; Rlietorical Analysis . 1.12 

Oummere : Handbook of Poetics 1.00 

Hudson : Harvard Edition of Shakespeare's Complete Works ; — 

20 Vol. E<1. Cloth, retail, $25.00; Half-calf, retail . 55.00 

10 Vol. Ed. Cloth, retail, ^20.00; Half-calf, retail . 40.00 

Life, Art, and Characters of Shakespeare. 2 vols. Cloth, 4.00 

New School Shakespeare. Elach play : Paper, .30 ; Cloth, .45 

Text-Book of Poetry ; Text-Book of Prose . . Each 1.25 

Classical English Reader 1.00 

Lockwood: Lessons in English, $1.12; Thanatopsis 10 

Maxcy : Tragedy of Hamlet 45 

Minto: Manual of English Prose Literature 1.50 

Characteristics of English Poets 1.50 

Newcomer : Practical Course in English Composition 80 

Phelps : English Romantic Movement 00 

Sherman : Analytics of Literature 1.25 

Smith : Synopsis of English and American Literature ... .80 

Sprague : Milton's Paradise Lost and Lycidas 45 

Thayer : The Best Elizabethan Plays 1.25 

Thorn : Shakespeare and Chaucer Examinations 1.00 

White : Philosophy of American Literature .:i0 

Whitney : Essentials of English Grammar 75 

Whitney & Lockwood : English Grammar 70 

Winchester : Five Short Courses of Reading in English Literature, .40 

AND OTHER VALUABLE WORKS. 



CINN & COMPANY, Publishers, 

Boston, New York, and Chicagro. 



■Ill 

.3 2044 052 889 318 



The borrower must return this item on or before 
the last date stamped below. If another user 
places a recall for this item, the borrower will 
be notified of the need for an earlier return. 

Non-receipt of overdue notices does not exempt 
the borrower from overdue fines. 



Andover-Harvard Theological Library 
Cambridge, MA 02138 617-495-5788 



Please handle with care. 

Thank you for helping to preserve 
library collections at Harvard.